Upload
samuraial
View
169
Download
36
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
SingleRAN
ALD Management Feature ParameterDescription
Issue 09
Date 2015-05-30
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representationsof any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................11.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................11.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................21.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................21.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................6
2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................72.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................72.2 RET Antenna................................................................................................................................................................142.3 TMA.............................................................................................................................................................................142.4 SASU............................................................................................................................................................................152.5 AAS Module.................................................................................................................................................................152.5.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................152.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive Antennas.......................................................................................................................15
3 ALD Device Data Configuration..............................................................................................17
4 ALD Management Functions....................................................................................................184.1 RET Antenna Functions...............................................................................................................................................184.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUs............................................................................................184.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas....................................................................................................................................274.2 TMA Functions.............................................................................................................................................................294.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna..............................................................................294.2.2 Operations on the TMA.............................................................................................................................................354.3 SASU Functions...........................................................................................................................................................364.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET Antenna.............................................................................364.3.2 Operations on the SASU............................................................................................................................................384.4 AAS Functions.............................................................................................................................................................394.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with Passive Antennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU...........................................394.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules.....................................................................................................................................42
5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................44
6 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................45
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).......46
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
7.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................467.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................467.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................467.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................467.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................467.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).....................................................................................................................477.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)...............................................................................................................................507.4.4 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................507.4.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................517.4.6 Commissioning..........................................................................................................................................................527.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................537.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................537.4.9 Reconfiguration.........................................................................................................................................................537.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................547.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................547.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................54
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)............................................................................................................................................................558.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................558.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................558.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................558.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................558.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................558.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................568.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................778.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI...............................................................................................................................808.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands..................................................................818.4.6 Commissioning..........................................................................................................................................................868.4.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................868.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................878.4.9 Reconfiguration.........................................................................................................................................................888.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................898.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................898.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................89
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment on GBTS Side)...............................919.1 When to Use ALD Management..................................................................................................................................919.2 Required Information...................................................................................................................................................919.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................919.4 Deployment..................................................................................................................................................................919.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................919.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................91
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................1109.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI.............................................................................................................................1129.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands................................................................1139.4.6 Commissioning........................................................................................................................................................1169.4.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................1169.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................1169.4.9 Reconfiguration.......................................................................................................................................................1179.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................1189.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................1189.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................118
10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment).................................................11910.1 When to Use ALD Automatic Deployment.............................................................................................................11910.2 Required Information...............................................................................................................................................11910.3 Planning....................................................................................................................................................................11910.4 Deployment..............................................................................................................................................................11910.4.1 Process...................................................................................................................................................................12010.4.2 Requirements.........................................................................................................................................................12010.4.3 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................12110.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment Task....................................................................................................12510.4.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................12710.4.6 Commissioning......................................................................................................................................................13010.4.7 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................13010.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is Complete.....................................................................................13110.4.9 Deactivation...........................................................................................................................................................13110.4.10 Reconfiguration...................................................................................................................................................13310.5 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................13410.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................13410.7 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................13510.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process..................................................................................................136
11 Parameters.................................................................................................................................154
12 Counters....................................................................................................................................208
13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................209
14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................210
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
1 About This Document
1.1 ScopeThis document describes antenna line device (ALD) management and provides engineeringguidelines. ALD management involves two GSM basic features, three UMTS basic features,and one LTE optional feature, as listed in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1 Features related to ALD management
Mode Feature ID Feature Name
GSM MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower MountedAmplifier)
MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt
UMTS MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower MountedAmplifier)
MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt
WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900 MHz)
LTE FDD LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control
LTE TDD TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical Tilt Control
This document applies to macro base stations (BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, BTS3900AL,BTS3900C, and DBS3900) and LampSite base stations.
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described below correspond tothe software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in theproduct documentation delivered with the latest software release.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
Includes FDD and TDD Includes FDD Only Includes TDD Only
LTE LTE FDD LTE TDD
eNodeB LTE FDD eNodeB LTE TDD eNodeB
In addition, the "G", "U", "L", and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD andLTE TDD, respectively.
1.2 Intended AudienceThis document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change HistoryThis section provides information about the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version.
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.
SRAN9.0 09 (2015-05-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description of thefollowing RRU:l RRU3269For details, see section 2.1Introduction.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 08 (2015-03-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description of thefollowing RRU and AAU:l RRU3220El AAU3940For details, see section 2.1Introduction and 2.5.2 AASModules with PassiveAntennas.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 07 (2014-01-30)This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description of thefollowing RRU and AAU:l RRU3952l RRU3952ml pRRU3902l AAU3920For details, see section 2.1Introduction and 2.5.2 AASModules with PassiveAntennas.Modified the description ofRRU3953. For details, see section2.1 Introduction.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 06 (2014-12-30)This issue includes the following changes.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description of thefollowing RRU and AAU:l RRU3168l AAU3911For details, see section 2.1Introduction and 2.5.2 AASModules with PassiveAntennas.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 05 (2014-11-15)This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description of thefollowing RRUs:l RRU3959l RRU3959wl RRU3953l RRU3953wFor details, see chapter 2.1Introduction.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 04 (2014-09-30)This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Added the description ofRRU3668. For details, see section2.1 Introduction.
None
Editorial change None None
SRAN9.0 03 (2014-07-30)This issue includes the following changes.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change None None
Editorial change Added the description of antennacalibration. For details, seesection 4.1.2 Operations on RETAntennas.
None
SRAN9.0 02 (2014-06-30)This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change None None
Editorial change Optimized the description aboutthe AAS module with passiveantennas to prevent incorrectconfiguration.
None
SRAN9.0 01 (2014-04-21)This issue does not include any changes.
SRAN9.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)This issue includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description ParameterChange
Feature change None None
Editorial change Added a description of how to choose the methodof configuring ALD device data. For details, seesections 3 ALD Device Data Configuration.
None
SRAN9.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)Compared with Issue 03 (2013-12-23) of SRAN8.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of SRAN9.0 includesthe following changes.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
Change Type Change Description ParameterChange
Feature change Added a description of ALD automaticdeployment. For details, see sections 10Engineering Guidelines (ALD AutomaticDeployment).Added descriptions of running the DSPBTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) orDSP RETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)command to query the name of the last loadedconfiguration file and the load time in section4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
None
Editorial change None None
1.4 Differences Between Base Station TypesThe features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro base stationsand LampSite base stations.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
2 Overview
2.1 IntroductionALD is a generic term for antenna devices, such as the remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna,tower-mounted amplifier (TMA), same-band antenna sharing unit (SASU), and active antennasystem (AAS) module. Currently, a maximum of six ALDs can be cascaded on a control portof a remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to enable the RET function, and thenumber of each type of ALD varies in different application scenarios.
Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of GSM, UMTS, LTE FDD, and LTE TDD radio accesstechnology (RAT) systems to configure and manage different types of ALDs. Table legend: Yes:supported; No: not supported.
Table 2-1 Capabilities of GSM, UMTS, and LTE RAT systems to configure and managedifferent types of ALDs
RAT System RET TMA SASU AAS
GSM Yes Yes No Yes
UMTS Yes Yes Yes Yes
LTE FDD Yes Yes No Yes
LTE TDD Yes No No No
NOTE
The RET cannot be used when a 4T4R RRU serves as two 2T2R RRUs in LTE TDD mode.
Table 2-2, Table 2-3, Table 2-4, Table 2-5 and Table 2-6 list the capabilities of RF modulesto support different types of ALDs.
Table legend: Yes: supported; No: not supported; /: N/A
If an RF port does not support RET antennas, control signals cannot be transmitted or receivedon this RF port.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
Table 2-2 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with two RF ports to support different types ofALDs
RFModule
RET(ANT_APort)
TMA(ANT_APort)
RET(ANT_BPort)
TMA(ANT_BPort)
RET(RETPort)
TMA(RETPort)
DRFU No No No No / /
GRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
RRU3004 No No No No Yes No
RRU3008 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
WRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUa Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
WRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
RRU3801E
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3804 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3805 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3806 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3824 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3826 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3828 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3829 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3838 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3839 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
CRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
CRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
LRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
LRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
RRU3201 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3203 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3220 No No No No Yes No
RRU3220E
No No No No / /
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
RFModule
RET(ANT_APort)
TMA(ANT_APort)
RET(ANT_BPort)
TMA(ANT_BPort)
RET(RETPort)
TMA(RETPort)
RRU3221 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3222 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3229 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3268 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3269 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3628 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3638 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3808 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
MRFU Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUd Yes Yes No Yes / /
MRFUe Yes Yes No Yes / /
RRU3908 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3926 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3928 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3929 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3936 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3938 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3939 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3961 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
RRU3251 Yes No No No Yes No
RRU3668 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3959 Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3959w
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
Table 2-3 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support different types ofALDs
RFModule
RET(ANT_APort)
TMA(ANT_APort)
RET(ANT_BPort)
TMA(ANT_BPort)
RET(ANT_CPort)
TMA(ANT_CPort)
RET(ANT_DPort)
TMA(ANT_DPort)
RET(RETPort)
TMA(RETPort)
RRU3240
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3260
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3632
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3642
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3841
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3262
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3832
Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3942
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3952
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
RRU3232
Yes No No No No No No No Yes No
RRU3235
Yes No No No No No No No Yes No
RRU3252
Yes No No No No No No No Yes No
RRU3256
Yes No No No No No No No Yes No
RRU3702
Yes No No No No No No No Yes No
RRU3952m
Yes Yes No Yes No No No No Yes Yes
RRU3953
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
RFModule
RET(ANT_APort)
TMA(ANT_APort)
RET(ANT_BPort)
TMA(ANT_BPort)
RET(ANT_CPort)
TMA(ANT_CPort)
RET(ANT_DPort)
TMA(ANT_DPort)
RET(RETPort)
TMA(RETPort)
RRU3953w
Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
Table 2-4 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with four RF ports to support RETs
RF Module ANT_0 Port ANT_1 Port ANT_2 Port ANT_3 Port
pRRU3902 No No No No
Table 2-5 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with six RF ports to support RETs
RF Module ANT_0Port
ANT_1Port
ANT_2Port
ANT_3Port
ANT_4Port
ANT_5Port
pRRU3901 No No No No No No
Table 2-6 Capabilities of ports on RF modules with eight RF ports to support RETs
RFModule
ANT_1Port
ANT_2Port
ANT_3Port
ANT_4Port
ANT_5Port
ANT_6Port
ANT_7Port
ANT_8Port
CALPort
RETPort
RRU3253
No No No No No No No No Yes Yes
RRU3259
No No No No No No No No Yes Yes
RRU3168
No No No No No No No No Yes No
Table 2-7 lists the capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas.
Table 2-7 Capabilities of RF modules to support RET antennas
RF Module AISG ProtocolSupported
RET AntennaVoltage
RET AntennaCurrent
GRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
RF Module AISG ProtocolSupported
RET AntennaVoltage
RET AntennaCurrent
RRU3004 1.1 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3008 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUa 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
WRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3801E 1.1 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3804 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3805 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3806 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3824 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3826 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3828 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3829 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3838 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3839 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
CRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
CRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
LRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
LRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3201 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3203 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3220 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3221 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3222 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3229 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3240 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3260 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3268 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
RF Module AISG ProtocolSupported
RET AntennaVoltage
RET AntennaCurrent
RRU3269 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3628 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3632 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3638 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3642 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3841 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3262 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3808 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3832 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFU 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUd 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
MRFUe 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3908 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3926 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3928 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3929 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3936 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3938 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3939 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3942 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3952 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A
RRU3961 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3702 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3232 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3252 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3256 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3235 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3253 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3251 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
RF Module AISG ProtocolSupported
RET AntennaVoltage
RET AntennaCurrent
RRU3668 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3 A
RRU3259 1.1/2.0 24 V/12 V 2.3 A
RRU3959 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3959w 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3952m 1.1/2.0 12V 2.3A
RRU3953 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3953w 1.1/2.0 12 V 2.3 A
RRU3168 1.1/2.0 24V 2.3 A
2.2 RET AntennaOne RET antenna consists of one remote control unit (RCU) and one or more RET subunits.
l The RCU is the control unit of an RET antenna. It receives and runs the control commandsfrom the base station and drives the stepper motor. The stepper motor drives the phaseshifter inside the antenna device, and the phase shifter adjusts the antenna tilt. InterfaceRS485 functions as the control interface of the RCU.
l RET subunits are antenna devices that can be independently controlled.
An RET antenna may comprise more than one RET subunit combined in a single physical entity.The RET antenna is classified into the following types:
l A single-antenna RET antenna (SINGLE_RET) has only one RET subunit.l A multi-antenna RET antenna (MULTI_RET) has multiple RET subunits, each of which
supports the configuration file download and downtilt setting. A multi-antenna RETantenna can be regarded as a set of single-antenna RET antennas installed in a radome.
The RET antenna has the following benefits:
l Remote adjustment eliminates onsite operations. Antenna maintenance is not subject to siteconditions such as weather and location.
l High adjustment efficiency reduces network optimization and maintenance costs.l Adjustable downtilt prevents coverage distortion, which improves signal coverage and
decreases neighboring cell interference.
Compared with antennas with mechanical downtilts, RET antennas have the disadvantages ofhigher cost and higher complexity.
2.3 TMAA TMA is a low noise amplifier (LNA) installed next to the antenna. It improves the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), sensitivity, and uplink coverage of a base station.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
TMAs are classified into two types: common TMA and smart TMA. Unlike common TMAs,smart TMAs support the Antenna Interface Standards Group (AISG) protocol. Unless otherwisestated in this document, "TMA" refers to a smart TMA.
TMAs have a built-in smart bias-tee (SBT) that performs the following functions:
l Converts RS485 signals received from the RCU to on-off-keying (OOK) signals, andconverts OOK signals received from the RRU or RFU to RS485 signals
l Feeds DC power from the remote radio unit (RRU)/radio frequency unit (RFU) to the RCU
NOTE
l The SBT provides DC power supply and control commands through the feeder for the RCU. The SBTis applied on the RET antenna side.
l When an RRU or RFU connects to a TMA, at least one RF port supporting RET antennas must connectto this TMA so that the RRU/RFU can transmit control signals to the TMA. For details about capabilitiesof RF modules to support RET antennas, see Table 2-2 and Table 2-3.
The TMA provides the following functions:
l Amplifies uplink signals to compensate for attenuation from an antenna to an RRU or RFU
l Balances signal amplification between the uplink and downlink
A TMA has one or two subunits and supports amplification of one or two uplink RF signals.
2.4 SASUAn SASU is a Huawei customized device for antenna sharing between intra-band GSM andUMTS modes at a multimode site. Antenna sharing helps operators reduce their capitalexpenditure (CAPEX). Currently, the SASU supports only the 900 MHz and 2100 MHzfrequency bands.
The SASU uses two subunits to amplify uplink signals of GSM and UMTS systems.
2.5 AAS Module
2.5.1 OverviewAn AAS module is a combination of RF modules and antennas.
The passive antennas and RCUs in the AAS provide the antenna and RET functions, respectively,for the RRU/RFU that are connected to the AAS module.
For details about an AAS product, see the hardware description of the AAS product.
Different types of AAS modules have different sets of integrated dual-polarized antennas. Fordetails about the mapping between integrated antennas and either of the following: insertedmodules, RET functions, and external ports, see the hardware description of the AAS product.
2.5.2 AAS Modules with Passive AntennasAn AAS module with passive antennas, and the built-in RCUs remotely control the downtiltsof these antennas provides the RET function for RRUs/RFUs in the same way as the RET
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
function on conventional antennas. The AAS module with passive antennas supports inaccordance with the protocol AISG 2.0.
The AAS module supports the RET function by using the Management Unit (MU), theRETPORT on the AAS active module, or the RRU/RFU. You can choose only one method basedon onsite connections and AAS capabilities. Table 2-8 lists the capabilities of AAS modules tosupport the RET function.
Table 2-8 AAS module support for RET
AASModule
Application Mode
Using theMU(Single-AntennaMode)
Using theMU(AntennaCascadingMode)
Using theAAS RU
Using theRRU/RFU
AAU3901 UMTS Supported Notsupported
NotSupported
Notsupported
AAU3902 UMTS, LTEFDD, GL
Notsupported
Supported NotSupported
Supported
AAU3910 GSM,UMTS, LTE,GU, GL, UL
Notsupported
Notsupported
Supported Supported
AAU3911 GSM,UMTS, LTEFDD, GU,GL, UL
Notsupported
Notsupported
Supported Supported
AAU3920 UMTS, LTE,GL, UL,GUL
Notsupported
Notsupported
Supported Supported
AAU3940 UMTS, LTE,UL
Notsupported
Notsupported
Supported Supported
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
3 ALD Device Data Configuration
ALD device data can be configured in the following ways:
l ALD manual deployment: All the ALD device data must be manually configured.l ALD automatic deployment: Most of the initial configuration data of the ALD device is
automatically configured by the system, and a small amount of data is manually correctedand supplemented.
The following table lists whether each type of ALD device supports ALD manual deploymentor ALD automatic deployment in SRAN9.0.
Table 3-1 ALD devices that support ALD manual/automatic deployment
ConfigurationMethod
RET TMA SASU AAS
ALD manualdeployment
Supported Supported Supported Supported
ALD automaticdeployment
Supported Supported Not supported Not supported
NOTE
In scenarios in which the RET antenna is connected through the GATM, the RET antenna does not supportALD automatic deployment.
When you configure ALD device data, ALD automatic deployment is recommended. Use ALDmanual deployment in scenarios in which ALD automatic deployment is not supported.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 3 ALD Device Data Configuration
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
4 ALD Management Functions
4.1 RET Antenna Functions
4.1.1 Connections Between RET Antennas and RRUs/RFUsRET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a regular or daisy chain scenario. Whensplitters are used, RET antennas and RRUs/RFUs can be connected in a sector splitting scenario.
Regular ScenarioIn a regular scenario, an RRU can be connected to one RET antenna through the RET port(RETPORT) or RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The RFU does not have an RETPORT andtherefore can be connected to one RET antenna only through the ANTENNAPORT.
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORTAn AISG multi-wire cable connects the RETPORT on the RRU to the RCU of the RETantenna, as shown in Figure 4-1. With the integrated BT, the RRU can send RS485 controlsignals and feed 12 V DC power to the RCU through the RETPORT. Therefore, no SBTis required. This connection mode is recommended when the distance between the RRUand the RET antenna is shorter than 20 m. For the data configurations in this connectionmode, see the following scenarios:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.– GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.– Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
Figure 4-1 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
l Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORTAn SBT is required in this connection mode. Feeders and jumpers connect the RRU orRFU, SBT, and RET antenna, and an AISG multi-wire cable connects the SBT to the RCUof the RET antenna, as shown in Figure 4-2. The RRU or RFU combines OOK signals, 12V DC power, and RF signals, and sends the combined signals to the SBT through feeders.The SBT splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antennaon one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable. For the dataconfigurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.– GBTS: scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.– Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
Figure 4-2 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
Connection modes shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 also apply to a multimode basestation. For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALDManual Deployment on Multimode Base Station).
l Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT that are installed 20 m or farther awayfrom RET antennas, such as the RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE.Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide 12 V DC power for RET antennas. In this case,connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external Bias Tee (BT) and connect an externalSBT to an RET antenna for power supply to the antenna, as shown in Figure 4-3. The BTis the passive component that couples RF signals or OOK signals with feeder signals. TheBT is applied on the base station side. For the data configurations in this connection mode,see the following scenarios:
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 in section 8.4 Deployment.– GBTS: scenario 1 in section 9.4 Deployment.– Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-3 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with an external BT)
Daisy Chain ScenarioIn a daisy chain scenario, two or more RCUs are connected by AISG multi-wire cables. Theupper-level RCU provides RS485 control signals and power for the lower-level RCU. In Figure4-4, RRUs are cascaded by connecting to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. Thisconnection mode applies to the scenario where antennas for multiple sectors are centrallyinstalled, for example, on the same pole or tower. In Figure 4-5, RRUs/RFUs are cascaded byconnecting to the RET antennas through the ANTENNAPORT. The connection through theANTENNAPORT requires SBTs, and cascading can reduce the number of required SBTs. Insuch a case, the RET antennas can be configured on the RRU or RFU that provides RS485 signalsand power for the RET antennas.
In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set toDAISY_CHAIN, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
For the data configurations in the connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5, seethe following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 1 and 2 in section 8.4 Deployment.l GBTS: scenario 1 and 2 in section 9.4 Deployment.l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 1 or 4 in section 10.4
Deployment.
Figure 4-4 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
Figure 4-5 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
Connection modes shown in Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 also apply to a multimode base stationwith independent antennas. The configured RRUs/RFUs serve different modes.
The RET antenna data of a multimode base station must be configured only in a single mode.For details about data configuration, see chapter 7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD ManualDeployment on Multimode Base Station). In Figure 4-4, if RRU(1) is managed by the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB (the RET data is configured on the GBTS/eGBTS or eNodeB side), theSCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN for RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2). If RRU(1) is managed by the NodeB (the RET data is configured on the NodeBside), the SCENARIO parameters must be set to DAISY_CHAIN and 2G_EXTENSION forthe RET antennas connected to RRU(1) and RRU(2), respectively.
Some RF modules, such as the RRU3942 and RRU3841, have four RF ports. These RF moduleshave two or more RF ports to support RET functions in addition to the RETPORT. For details,see Table 2-3. Two RF ports on these RF modules can be paired and connected to one antennato provide various transmit or receive functions. When the RRU3942 or RRU3841 is used, youcan refer to RRU3942 Hardware Description or RRU3841 Hardware Description.
The following description assumes that the RRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. "T" and "R"indicate transmission and reception, respectively. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on theRRU3942 are paired and connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are pairedand connected to the other antenna.
When the RRU3942 is installed less than 20 m away from RET antennas, the RRU3942 isconnected to the RET antennas through the RETPORT. The RET antennas are cascaded becausethe RRU3942 has only one RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-6.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
Figure 4-6 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
Figure 4-7 shows how the RRU3942 and RET antennas are connected to provide the 2T4Rfunction when the RRU3942 is installed more than 20 m away from the RET antennas and theRET antennas are centrally installed.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
Figure 4-7 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
In this connection mode, RF port ANT_A is the control port for the two RET antennas connectedto the RRU3942. For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 2 in section8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 in section 9.4 Deployment for aGBTS.
Sector Splitting ScenarioThe sector splitting scenario applies to UMTS only. In this scenario, the RRU or RFU isconnected to splitters and then RET antennas, as shown in Figure 4-8.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
Figure 4-8 Sector splitting scenario
In this scenario, the SCENARIO parameter for all RET antennas must be set toSECTOR_SPLITTING, and the RET antennas are identified by serial numbers. For the dataconfiguration of this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 2 in section8.4 Deployment. This connection mode does not apply to the GBTS.
GATM ScenarioThe GSM Antenna and TMA Control module (GATM) scenario applies to the GBTS only. Inthis scenario, a DRFU, which cannot provide OOK signals or support BT function, can beconnected to an RET antenna through a BT and SBT, as shown in Figure 4-9. The GATMprovides OOK signals and 12 V DC power for the BT. Then the BT combines OOK signals, 12V DC power, and RF signals sent by the DRFU and sends the combined signals to the SBTthrough feeders. The SBT splits the combined signals received into two links. RF signals are
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
Because of its hardware limitations, the GATM supports only RET antennas compatible withAISG1.1 protocols and does not support RET antennas compatible with AISG2.0 protocols.
Figure 4-9 GATM scenario
For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 9.4Deployment.
4.1.2 Operations on RET AntennasThe base station can perform operations, including configuration file loading, antennacalibration, and downtilt setting, on each RET subunit separately.
l Configuration file loading
A configuration file describes the relationship between the RCU and the RET subunitdowntilt. The configuration file is provided by the RET antenna manufacturer. Some RETantennas have been loaded with default configuration files before delivery. For antennaswithout default configuration files, run the following command to load the configurationfiles:
– GBTS: LOD BTSRETCFGDATA. Before you run this command, run the DLDBTSALDFILE command to download the configuration file from the file server to thebase station controller (BSC) operation and maintenance unit (OMU).
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD RETCFGDATAEnsure that correct configuration files have been loaded to the RET antennas before antennacalibration. If an incorrect configuration file is loaded, the RET antenna will experienceunexpected errors. In this case, you can run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT (GBTS) or DSPRETSUBUNIT (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB) command to query the name of the last loadedconfiguration file and the load time. You are advised to load the configuration file to theRET antennas of one or two base stations, and check whether the actual downtilts are thesame as the configured downtilts. If the downtilts are the same, the configuration file iscorrect.
NOTE
Run the following command to query dynamic information about RET additional data:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
If any information is incorrect in the command output, for example, the values of Max tilt and Mintilt are NULL, no configuration file was loaded or the configuration file is lost.
l Antenna calibration
After an RET antenna is installed, run the following command to calibrate the RET antenna:
– GBTS: CLB BTSRET
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: CLB RETDuring the calibration, the RCU adjusts the RET antenna within the downtilt range so thatthe RET antenna operates properly. If the RET antenna is not calibrated, the base stationreports ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated.
After the preceding calibration command is executed, the RET antenna downtilt will berestored to the configured value if it has been configured on the base station side. If it hasnot been configured, the RET antenna downtilt will be determined by the actual RETantenna implementation.
NOTE
An RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after it is reset or powered off.
l Downtilt setting
1. After the RET antenna is calibrated, run the following command to query the supporteddowntilt range:
GBTS: DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATAeGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
NOTE
The downtilt range of an RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.
2. Run the following command to set an RET subunit downtilt:
GBTS: MOD BTSRETSUBUNITeGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETSUBUNIT
Setting the downtilt of an RET subunit affects the coverage of the RET antenna. Set thedowntilt based on the engineering design.
The base station can perform operations on the RCU separately, including softwaredownload and RCU reset.
l RCU software download
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
Run the following command to download the RCU software:
– GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLDBTSALDFILE command to download the RCU software from the file server to theBSC OMU.
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSWFor details about the RCU software, see the documents provided by the RET antennamanufacturer.
l RCU resetRun the following command to reset the RCU:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALDResetting the RCU does not change the RET antenna downtilt.
4.2 TMA Functions
4.2.1 Connections Between the TMA, RRU/RFU, and RET AntennaIf an RRU or RFU is to be connected to an RET antenna through a TMA, the RRU or RFUcontrol port must be connected to the TMA control port.
Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)A TMA is connected to an RRU or RFU and RET antenna, and is powered by the RRU or RFU.
With the integrated SBT, the TMA splits combined signals from the RRUs or RFUs into twolinks. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals areconverted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through anAISG multi-wire cable.
Figure 4-10 shows how an RRU or RFU with two RF ports is connected to the TMA and RETantenna.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
Figure 4-10 Connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.
l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.
l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 2 or 5 in section 10.4Deployment.
Figure 4-11 shows how two RF modules are cascaded and then connected to the TMA and RETantenna. In this mode, RF ports ANT_A on the two RF modules are connected to the TMA andRET antenna, and either RF port ANT_A can be the control port for the RET antenna connectedto the two RF modules.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
Figure 4-11 Two cascaded RF modules connected to the TMA and RET antenna
For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the following scenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 6 in section 10.4 Deployment.
When RRUs with four RF ports are connected to two antennas, two RF ports on these RRUscan be paired and connected to one antenna. The following description assumes that theRRU3942 uses a 2T4R configuration. RF ports ANT_A and ANT_C on the RRU3942 are pairedand connected to one antenna, and RF ports ANT_B and ANT_D are paired and connected tothe other antenna. Figure 4-12 shows how the RRU3942 is connected to the TMA and RETantenna.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
Figure 4-12 RRU3942 (2T4R) connected to the TMA and RET antenna
In this connection mode, RF ports ANT_A and ANT_B are the control ports for Antenna(1) andAntenna(2), respectively. For the data configurations in this connection mode, see the followingscenarios:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: scenario 3 in section 8.4 Deployment.l GBTS: scenario 3 in section 9.4 Deployment.l Base station using ALD automatic deployment: scenario 7 in section 10.4 Deployment.
Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
This connection mode applies to RRUs without a BT, such as the RRU3004 for GSM,RRU3801C (20 W) for UMTS, and RRU3220 for LTE. Without a BT, RF ports cannot provide
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
12 V DC power for antennas. In this case, connect the RETPORT on an RRU to an external BTto provide power for antennas, as shown in Figure 4-13.
The signal transmission process is as follows:
1. The RRU supplies 12 V DC power and sends RS485 control signals to the external BTthrough an AISG multi-wire cable.
2. The BT converts RS485 control signals to OOK signals, combines the OOK signals andRF signals, and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
3. The TMA splits the combined signals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antennaon one link. On the other link, OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through an AISG multi-wire cable. For the dataconfiguration for this connection mode, see scenario 4 in section 8.4 Deployment for aneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 4 in section 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
Figure 4-13 Connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Connection to the TMA Through the GATM
Connections between the GATM and TMA apply to the GBTS only. In this scenario, a DRFUis connected to a TMA through a GATM and BT, as shown in Figure 4-14. The GATM feeds12 V DC power to the BT. Then, the BT combines the OOK signals, 12 V DC power, and RFsignals and sends the combined signals to the TMA.
The GATM can supply power only to the connected TMA. The TMA provides the default gains,not the configured gains. You need to configure parameters related to the power switch andcurrent alarm threshold for the port on the GATM connecting to the TMA. For details about datapreparation, see Table 9-11. Then, configure parameters related to the RX channel attenuation.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
For details about data preparation, see Table 9-9. RET data is not involved in this connectionmode.
Figure 4-14 Connection to the RET antenna through the GATM
4.2.2 Operations on the TMANOTE
The gain of the TMA with fixed gain is not configurable.
TMA gain and working mode are configurable.
l Setting TMA working mode
By default, the TMA is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. If yourun the following command with the MODE parameter set to BYPASS, the TMA servesas a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals:
– GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
l Setting TMA gain
1. Run the following command to query the value range of TMA gain:
GBTS: DSP BTSTMADEVICEDATA
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DSP TMADEVICEDATA2. Run the following command to set TMA subunit gain:
GBTS: MOD BTSTMASUBUNITeGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD TMASUBUNIT
The base station can perform operations on the TMA separately, including software downloadand TMA reset.
l TMA software downloadRun the following command to download the TMA software:
– GBTS: LOD BTSALDSW. Before you run this command, run the DLDBTSALDFILE command to download the TMA software from the file server to theBSC OMU.
– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: DLD ALDSWFor details about the TMA software, see the documents provided by the TMA manufacturer.
l TMA resetRun the following command to reset the TMA:
– GBTS: RST BTSALD– eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: RST ALDResetting the TMA does not change the TMA gain and working mode.
4.3 SASU Functions
4.3.1 Connections Between the SASU, RRU/RFU, and RET AntennaFigure 4-15 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, and RET antenna are connected when RRUs/RFUs for GSM (referred to as 2G) and UMTS (referred to as 3G) share one RET antenna andthe SASU is installed less than 20 m away from the RET antenna. With the integrated SBT, theSASU splits combined 3G signals from the RRUs/RFUs into two links. RF signals and 2G signalsare combined and sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link, OOK signals areconverted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to the RCU through anAISG multi-wire cable.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
Figure 4-15 SASU directly connected to the RET antenna
SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. Because the SASU is an active device,you need to turn on the power switch for the 3G RRU control port on the NodeB side, and specifycurrent alarm thresholds. For connection mode in Figure 4-15, set the DCSWITCH parameterfor the SASU to OFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit. For the data configurationfor this connection mode, see scenario 5 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-16 shows how the SASU, RRUs/RFUs, TMA, and RET antenna are connected whenthe SASU is installed greater than 20 m away from the RET antenna. The SASU combines 2Gand 3G signals and sends the combined signals to the TMA. The TMA splits the combinedsignals into two links. RF signals are sent to the RET antenna on one link. On the other link,OOK signals are converted to RS485 control signals and 12 V DC power is forwarded to theRCU through an AISG multi-wire cable.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
Figure 4-16 SASU connected to the TMA and RET antenna
SASU data can be configured only on the NodeB side. In this connection mode, theDCSWITCH parameter for the SASU cannot be set to OFF because the TMA is an active device.If the DCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS, specify the DCLOAD parameter for SASUsubunits so that the TMA connected to the SASU can be acknowledged by the base transceiverstation (BTS). For the data configuration for this connection mode, see scenario 6 in section 8.4Deployment.
4.3.2 Operations on the SASUThe SASU DC power switch, gain, and working mode are configurable only on the NodeB side.
l Setting the DC power switch
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
When the SASU is connected to the RET antenna through a TMA, run the MOD SASUcommand with the DCSWITCH parameter set to any value except OFF. When the SASUis directly connected to the RET antenna, set the DCSWITCH parameter for the SASU toOFF. Otherwise, the RET antenna will short-circuit.
l Setting SASU working modeBy default, the SASU is set to NORMAL working mode to ensure normal operation. Ifyou run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command with the MODE parameter set toBYPASS, the SASU serves as a straight-through feeder and does not amplify signals.
l Setting SASU gain
1. Run the DSP SASUDEVICEDATA command to query the value range of SASU gain.2. Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set SASU subunit gain.
The base station can perform operations on the SASU separately, including software downloadand SASU reset.
l SASU software downloadRun the DLD ALDSW command to download the SASU software.For details about the SASU software, see the documents provided by the SASUmanufacturer.
l SASU resetRun the RST ALD command to reset the SASU.Resetting the SASU does not change the SASU gain and working mode.
4.4 AAS Functions
4.4.1 Connections Between the AAS Module with PassiveAntennas, RRU/RFU, and BBU
An AAS module with passive antennas has two types of external ports: an RET port (RETPORT)and an RF port (ANTENNAPORT). The ANTENNAPORT can be at the bottom of the AAAUor on the AAPU. Some AAS modules, for example, the AAU3910, have AISG ports that canbe connected to RRUs or RFUs for the RET function. Table 2-8 lists the capabilities of AASmodules to support the RET function.
Scenario 1: Using the MU for the RET function on the AAS ModuleAs shown in Figure 4-17, RRUs or RFUs connect to an AAS module with passive antennasthrough external ports on the AAS module. Choose an appropriate external port to connect theRRU or RFU to the AAS module. The integrated RCU provides the RET function for the AASmodule with passive antennas and the RCU is controlled by the MU. In this scenario, the RETfunction for the AAS module with passive antennas must be set by the mode that manages theAAS module. For example, to enable GSM RRUs/RFUs to use the RET function for the AASmodule with passive antennas, the RET function must be set in the UMTS mode that managesthe AAS module with passive antennas.
Before setting the RET function, you must configure the AAS module. Compared with the RETfunction on conventional antennas, the RET function on the AAS module with passive antennas
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
does not require you to configure power supply switches or current alarm thresholds. Instead,you can directly configure the RET function:
l For the AAU3901, RETTYPE must be set to MULTI_RET. You can determine whichantenna to use for the RET function according to the RET subunit.
l For other AAS modules, RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET andDAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to use for the RETfunction according to the serial number of the integrated antenna. If you need to use onlyone set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case,specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parameters because the antennas in the AASmodule are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbers of the integrated antennasin the AAS module, see the hardware description of the AAS module. For the dataconfiguration for this connection mode, see scenario 7 in section 8.4 Deployment.
Figure 4-17 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (MU for RET function)
Scenario 2: Using the RRU/RFU for the RET function on the AAS ModuleWhen the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is provided by an RRU orRFU connecting to the AAS module, the connections between the RRU or RFU and the AASmodule are similar to the connections between the RRU or RFU and the conventional RETantennas except for the AISG port configuration, as shown in Figure 4-18. In this scenario, theAAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can beperformed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
You can configure the RET function: RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set toSINGLE_RET and DAISY_CHAIN, respectively. You can determine which antenna to usefor the RET function according to the antenna serial number.
If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, set SCENARIO toDAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNO parametersbecause the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For the serial numbersof the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description of the AAS module.
For other data configurations,
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
l If the RRU is to use an RETPORT to send RET signals to the AAS module, see scenario1 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 1 in section 9.4Deployment for a GBTS.
l If the RET function is provided by the RRU or RFU through an ANTENNAPORT, seescenario 2 in section 8.4 Deployment for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB or scenario 2 insection 9.4 Deployment for a GBTS.
Figure 4-18 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RRU/RFU for RET function)
Scenario 3: Using the Active Module (RU) on the AAS for the RET functionWhen the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the activemodule on the AAS module, the active module forwards the RET signals received from the BBUto the passive module using an RETPORT, as shown in Figure 4-19. In this case, the activemodule works as a conventional RET device and therefore configurations on this active moduleare the same as those on a conventional RET device.
RETTYPE and SCENARIO must be set to SINGLE_RET and DAISY_CHAIN, respectively.You can determine which set of antennas to use for the RET function according to the antennaserial number. If you need to use only one set of antennas for the RET function, setSCENARIO to DAISY_CHAIN. In this case, specify the VENDORCODE and SERIALNOparameters because the antennas in the AAS module are working in daisy chain mode. For theserial numbers of the integrated antennas in the AAS module, see the hardware description ofthe AAS module. For other data configurations for this connection mode for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, see scenario 8 in section "8.4 Deployment."
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
Figure 4-19 Connections to the RRUs/RFUs and BBU (RU for RET function)
4.4.2 Operations on AAS Modules
AAS Modules with Passive Antennas
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the MU,related operations on the AAS module are performed in the following way:
l For the AAU3910, the operations are performed on each RET subunit independentlybecause the passive antennas in the AAS module function as a set of multiple antennas.
l For other AAS modules, the operations are performed on each antenna independentlybecause each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a singleantenna working in daisy chain mode.
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU orRFU, related operations are performed on each antenna independently because each RET subunitof the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a single antenna working in daisy chainmode.
When the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas is controlled by the activemodule on the AAS module, related operations are performed on each antenna independentlybecause each RET subunit of the passive antennas in the AAS module functions as a singleantenna working in daisy chain mode.
l Scanning
You can scan all the AAS modules connected to an RF module (except for the AAU3901).When the RET function for a specific AAS module is controlled by an RF module, the RETfunction for the module cannot be scanned on or controlled by other RF modules that arealso connected to the AAS module.
If multiple RF modules share the AAS module, running the SCN ALD command may failto scan all the RET function controlled by each RF module at a time. In this case, you can
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
run the SCAN ADL command for each of the RF modules that control the RET functionfor AAS modules that have not been scanned.
l Configuration file loadingLoading configuration files is not required because AAS modules with passive antennascome with built-in configurations files. If ALM-26754 RET Antenna Data Loss is reported,the configuration files have been lost. In such a case, you can run the DLD RETCFGDATAcommand to reload configuration files for the AAS module. Note that this command appliesonly to eGBTSs/NodeBs/eNodeBs.
l Antenna calibrationAfter an AAS module with passive antennas is installed, run the CLB RET command onthe eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to calibrate the antennas. During the calibration, RCUsadjust the antennas within the downtilt range until the antennas operate properly. If thecalibration fails, ALM-26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated is generated.
NOTE
After the AAS module is reset or powered off, it does not need to be calibrated again.
l Downtilt settingAfter the AAS module is calibrated, run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command on theeGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to query the supported downtilt range. Then, run the MODRETSUBUNIT command to set the downtilts for RET subunits. Because setting RETsubunit downtilt affects the coverage of the related antennas, specify parameters based onthe engineering design.
NOTE
Each RET subunit supports a unique downtilt range.
In an AAS module with passive antennas, the base station can download software and reset theRCU for each RCU separately.
l RCU software downloadRun the DLD ALDSW command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to download theRCU software provided by Huawei. For details, see AAS-related documents provided byHuawei.
l RCU resetRun the RST ALD command on the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB LMT to reset an RCU. RCUreset does not change the antenna's downtilt.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 4 ALD Management Functions
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
5 Related Features
N/A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 5 Related Features
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
6 Impact on the Network
N/A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 6 Impact on the Network
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD ManualDeployment on Multimode Base Station)
7.1 When to Use ALD ManagementIt is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDscomply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISGv2.0. Both are supported in SRAN8.0 and later.
7.2 Required InformationN/A
7.3 PlanningN/A
7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 RequirementsThe GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 7-1 lists the license control itemsfor this feature.
Table 7-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature License Control Item Name
LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical TiltControl
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
Feature License Control Item Name
TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical TiltControl
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)
7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs)Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control portprovides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cableconnections.
Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-MPT multimode base station, you only need to determine which RRU/RFU port is the controlport for the ALD device and configure the power switch, current threshold and ALD data once.
For a separate-MPT base station, the RRU or RFU can be managed by a single mode or multiplemodes. Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALDpowered by this RRU or RFU in this mode. This procedure involves the following two scenarios:
NOTE
MPT is short for main processing and transmission unit.
Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single ModeThe RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides powerand OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all ALD data in this mode.
Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple ModesThe RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK signalsfor the ALD.
Parameters related to the ALD control port in this scenario are RF module common parameters.During the data preparation, initial configuration, and feature reconfiguration, the commonparameters must be set to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. Table7-2 lists the common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
Table 7-2 Common ALD parameters for RF modules in each mode
Object GBTSParameterName
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/Co-MPTBase StationParameter Name
Recommended Setting
Controlport(RETport as acontrolport)
RET ALDPower Switch
ALD Power Switch For a separate-MPT base station, set thisparameter to ON in all modes. TheRETPORT and ANTENNAPORTswitches on one RRU cannot be turnedon simultaneously.
RET ALDCurrent AlarmThresholdType
Current AlarmThreshold
For a separate-MPT base station, each ofthese parameters must be set to the samevalue in all modes. For recommendedvalues, see Table 8-18.
RET ALDUnder CurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
UndercurrentAlarm OccurThreshold
RET ALDUnder CurrentClearThreshold(mA)
UndercurrentAlarm ClearThreshold
RET ALDOver CurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
Overcurrent AlarmOccur Threshold
RET ALDOver CurrentClearThreshold(mA)
Overcurrent AlarmClear Threshold
Controlport (RFport as acontrolport andANT_Aas anexample)
ANT_A ALDPower Switch
ALD Power Switch For a separate-MPT base station, set thisparameter to ON in all modes. TheRETPORT and ANTENNAPORTswitches on one RRU cannot be turnedon simultaneously.
ANT_A ALDCurrent AlarmThresholdType
Current AlarmThreshold Type
For a separate-MPT base station, each ofthese parameters must be set to the samevalue in all modes. For recommendedvalues, see Table 8-17.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
Object GBTSParameterName
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/Co-MPTBase StationParameter Name
Recommended Setting
ANT_A ALDOver CurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
UndercurrentAlarm OccurThreshold
ANT_A ALDOver CurrentClearThreshold(mA)
UndercurrentAlarm ClearThreshold
ANT_A ALDUnder CurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
Overcurrent AlarmOccur Threshold
ANT_A ALDUnder CurrentClearThreshold(mA)
Overcurrent AlarmClear Threshold
RRU/RFU RXchannelattenuation
AntennaTributary 1Factor
Attenuation If no TMA is used, set this parameter to0.If a 12 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within the rangefrom 4 dB to 11 dB.If a 24 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within the rangefrom 11 dB to 22 dB.For a separate-MPT base station, each ofthese parameters must be set to the samevalue in all modes.
NOTE
When an RF port except ANT_A is used as a control port, common ALD parameters are named in thefollowing ways:l For a GBTS, common ALD parameters are named by analogy based on Table 7-2. For example, when
ANT_B is used as the control port, ANT_B ALD Power Switch is the correct parameter namel For an eGBTS, NodeB, eNodeB, or co-MPT base station, common ALD parameters are named in the
same way as those listed in Table 7-2.
Other ALD-related parameters, except the RF module common parameters, must be set only inone mode of the separate-MPT base station. Choose one from the modes that manage the RRU
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
or RFU providing power and OOK signals for the ALD. Then, configure all data for the ALDonly in this mode.
NOTE
l The mode in which the other ALD-related parameters are set must be the same in the data preparation,initial configuration, activation observation, and reconfiguration.
l Only one maintenance link can be established between the RRU or RFU and the ALDs. Therefore,ALD data can be configured only in one mode of a multimode base station. If ALD data is configuredin two modes in this multimode base station, unexpected faults will occur. For example, ALDs cannotbe scanned, or ALM-26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure is reported. If such faults occur, removethe ALD data configuration in both modes, and scan and configure the ALDs in the correct mode. IfALDs cannot be scanned after the ALD data configuration is removed, turn off the power switches inboth modes, and set the power switches and current alarm thresholds in both modes again.
7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules)Device data in a co-MPT multimode base station needs to be configured only once. For a co-MPT multimode base station using AAS modules with passive antennas, you only need toconfigure ALD data only once.
For a separate-MPT base station using AAS modules, configure ALD data based on the site'scable connections. The RET data must be configured only on one side.
When an AAS module with passive antennas does not have an AISG port, the RET function onthe AAS module is configured on and managed by the mode managing the AAS module.Therefore, determine the managing mode first. If the AAS module is managed by multiplemodes, select one of them.
When the AAS module has an AISG port, the RET function on the AAS module with passiveantennas is configured on and managed by the mode that manages AAS module (Method 1).Alternatively, the RET function is configured on the RRU or RFU that provides power and OOKsignals for the AAS module with passive antennas (Method 2). When the site's cable connectionssupport both methods, you can use only one method to configure the RET function becausefaults may occur if you choose both methods.
l If method 1 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for scenario inwhich the AAS module does not have an AISG port.
l If method 2 is used, the configuration for the RET function is same as that for the RETantennas. For details, see section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs).
7.4.4 Data PreparationFor a co-MPT base station, data preparation is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB.For details, see section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
For a separate-MPT base station, the data preparation procedure is detailed in the following threescenarios. Note that the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD in scenarios1 and 2.
Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode
In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode thatmanages the RRU or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and thenprepare all ALD data in the mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.
Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes
In this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Prepare the RF module common parameters on the sides of all the modes that manage the RRUor RFU. For details, see Table 7-2.
Select one of the modes that manage the RRN or RFU according to 7.4.2 Overall Process(RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and then prepare other ALD parameters except the RF module commonparameters in this mode. For details, see the following data preparation sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
l GBTS: section 9.4.2 Data Preparation.
Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used
Determine the mode in which the RET function is set for the AAS module according to section7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules). The data preparation for the mode is the same as thatfor a single-mode base station.
If an AAS module with passive antennas is used, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.2 DataPreparation.
7.4.5 Initial ConfigurationFor a co-MPT base station, initial configuration is the same that for an eGBTS, NodeB, oreNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI or 8.4.5 InitialConfiguration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
For a separate-MPT base station, initial configurations differ as follows:
Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single Mode
The RRU or RFU is working in a single-mode or multimode base station, and provides powerand OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU and configure all data for the ALD poweredby this RRU or RFU in this mode. For details, see the following initial configuration sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 InitialConfiguration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configurationon a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple Modes
The RRU or RFU is working in a multimode base station, and provides power and OOK signalsfor the ALD.
Before you set other ALD-related parameters, set the RF module common parameters listed inTable 7-2 to consistent values for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU. If the RF modulecommon parameters are set to inconsistent values, ALM-26272 Inter-System RF Unit ParameterSettings Conflict will be reported.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBPl eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
NOTE
The RRU or RFU managed by multiple modes can supply power to ALDs only if the ALD power switchesare turned on for all modes that manage the multi-mode RRU or RFU. The ALD can be scanned only afterthe power supply is normal.
The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.
Then, select one of the modes that manage the RRU or RFU and set the other ALD-relatedparameters in this mode. For example, if the RRU or RFU is managed by the GBTS and NodeB,set the other ALD-related parameters on the GBTS or NodeB side. The configuration procedureis the same as that for the related mode.
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: sections 8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 8.4.5 InitialConfiguration on a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
l GBTS: sections 9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI and 9.4.5 Initial Configurationon a Single Base Station Using MML Commands.
Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used
Determine the mode in which the RET function is configured in the AAS module based onsection 7.4.3 Overall Process (AAS Modules) and then perform initial configuration in thismode accordingly.
You can initially configure an AAS module in the following ways:
l To use a graphical user interface (GUI) to configure an AAS module, see section 8.4.4Initial Configuration on the GUI.
l To use man-machine language (MML) commands to configure an AAS module withpassive antennas, see scenario 1, 2, 7, or 8 in section 8.4.5 Initial Configuration on aSingle Base Station Using MML Commands.
7.4.6 CommissioningFor a co-MPT base station, the commissioning procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.6 Commissioning.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module commandparameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 OverallProcess (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see thefollowing sections:
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.6 Commissioning.l GBTS: section 9.4.6 Commissioning.
7.4.7 Activation ObservationFor a co-MPT base station, the active observation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module commandparameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 OverallProcess (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see thefollowing sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.7 Activation Observation.l GBTS: section 9.4.7 Activation Observation.
7.4.8 DeactivationFor a co-MPT base station, the deactivation procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS, NodeB,or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.8 Deactivation.
For a separate-MPT base station, this procedure does not involve the RF module commandparameters. Determine the mode for configuring the ALD according to section 7.4.2 OverallProcess (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) and perform this procedure accordingly. For details, see thefollowing sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.8 Deactivation.l GBTS: section 9.4.8 Deactivation.
7.4.9 ReconfigurationFor a co-MPT base station, the reconfiguration procedure is the same as that for an eGBTS,NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
For a separate-MPT base station, reconfigurations differ as follows:
Scenario 1: RRU/RFU Is Managed by a Single ModeIn this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control portprovides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cableconnections.
This scenario does not involve RF module common parameters. Determine the mode thatmanages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) andreconfigure ALD data in this mode. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/co-MPT base station: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.
Scenario 2: RRU/RFU Is Managed by Multiple ModesIn this scenario, the RRU or RFU provides power and OOK signals for the ALD.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
If the RF module common parameters listed in Table 7-2 need to be reconfigured, reconfigurethe parameters consistently for all modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
Run the following commands to set RF module common parameters:
l GBTS: SET BTSRXUBP
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: MOD RETPORT/MOD ANTENNAPORT
If other ALD-related parameters except the RF module common parameters need to bereconfigured, determine the mode and reconfigure ALD data on one of the modes managing theRRU or RFU. For details, see the following reconfiguration sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
l GBTS: section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.
Scenario 3: AAS Modules Are Used
In this scenario, a base station uses the AAS module.
Determine the mode that manages the RRU or RFU based on section 7.4.3 Overall Process(AAS Modules) and reconfigure ALD data in this mode accordingly.
For details about how to reconfigure parameters for an AAS module with passive antennas, seesection 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
7.5 Performance MonitoringN/A
7.6 Parameter OptimizationN/A
7.7 TroubleshootingFor a co-MPT base station, troubleshoot the ALD faults in the same way as that for an eGBTS,NodeB, or eNodeB. For details, see section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
Determine the location of the ALD control port on the RRU or RFU. The ALD control portprovides power and OOK signals for the ALD. You can locate the port based on the site's cableconnections.
For a separate-MPT base station, determine the mode in which the ALD is configured based onsection 7.4.2 Overall Process (RETs/TMAs/SASUs) or 7.4.3 Overall Process (AASModules), and then troubleshoot the ALD faults in this mode accordingly. For details, see thefollowing troubleshooting sections:
l eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: section 8.7 Troubleshooting.
l GBTS: section 9.7 Troubleshooting.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onMultimode Base Station)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD ManualDeployment on eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
8.1 When to Use ALD ManagementIt is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDscomply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISGv2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.
8.2 Required InformationN/A
8.3 PlanningN/A
8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 RequirementsThe GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 8-1 lists the license control itemsfor this feature.
Table 8-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature License Control Item
LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical TiltControl
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
Feature License Control Item
TDLOFD-001024 Remote Electrical TiltControl
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)
8.4.2 Data Preparation
Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
l Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radionetwork plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from theradio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure successfulinterworking.
l Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from thetransport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes fromthe transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensuresuccessful interworking.
l Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.
l Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.
l Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, andthe recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used inmost scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.
l N/A: The parameter value is not required.
ALD data configuration varies by scenario, depending on:
l The type of the RRU, RFU or AAS port through which control signals are sent to an RETantenna
l Whether you use a TMA
l Whether the NodeB supports SASUs
The scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT
l Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT
l Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an SASU)
l Scenario 6: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with an SASUand a TMA)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
l Scenario 7: connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (MU)l Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS module with passive antennas (RU)
Generic DataBefore configuring ALD data, collect the following generic data:
l Configuration file for the RET antenna: Used to determine whether to update theconfiguration file. Obtain the configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer basedon the RCU and antenna models.
l Software of the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU: Used to determine whether to update thesoftware. If an update is required, obtain the software from the RET antenna, TMA, andSASU manufacturers.
l RET antenna connections: Used to determine whether RET antennas are connected in aregular scenario. If the RET antennas are not connected in a regular scenario, record serialnumbers of RET antennas and the mapping between the RET antennas and the base station/sectors. The serial numbers are printed on labels of the RET antennas.
l Connections between the RET antenna, TMA, SASU, and RRU/RFU: Used to determinethe specific connections between these devices (such as the type of RRU or RFU portthrough which control signals are sent to an RET antenna) and the connections betweeneach antenna subunit and the RRU or RFU (if multiple antennas are used)
l Current alarm thresholds for the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU, which are provided inthe related specifications.
Connections between the AAS module and RRU/RFU (only when an AAS module with passiveantennas is used): Used to determine whether the RET function for the AAS module is set throughthe configured MU or the RRU/RFU connecting to the AAS module and to which integratedpassive antenna the RRU or RFU is connected
NOTE
It is recommended that you obtain the basic information about the RET antenna, TMA, and SASU at thesite, including the antenna model, RCU model, antenna type (single-antenna or multi-antenna), number ofsubunits, manufacturer code, and serial number. In a regular scenario, you can run the following commandto obtain the antenna type, number of subunits, manufacturer code, and serial number:
l GBTS: STR BTSALDSCANl eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB: SCN ALD
Collect the following information at the site in a regular scenario of conventional ALDs.
ALDType
AntennaModel
RCUModel
Antenna Type(Single-Antenna/Multi-Antenna)
NumberofSubunits
ManufacturerCode
SerialNumber
RET
TMA / / /
SASU / / /
Collect the following information at the site in a daisy chain or sector splitting scenario ofconventional ALDs.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
ALDType
SiteName
SectorNumber
AntennaModel
RCUModel
AntennaType(Single-Antenna/Multi-Antenna)
Number ofSubunits
ManufacturerCode
SerialNumber
RET
TMA / / /
SASU
/ / /
Collect the following information at the site in a scenario where the AAS module is used.
ALD Type Site Name SectorNumber
AAS Type AAS AntennaPortSilkscreen
AAS
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AASmodule is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In this scenario, the AASmodule functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can beperformed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 8-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
Table 8-2 Key parameters related to the RETPORT
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Cabinet No. CN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port for anRET antenna, including the cabinetnumber, subrack number, and slot numberof the RRU or RFU where the control portis located and the control port number. Setthese parameters based on connectionsbetween the RET antenna and the RRU orRFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFUcan be used as the control port for the RETantenna. In a daisy chain scenario,multiple RCUs share one control port.
Equipmentplan
Subrack No. SRN Equipmentplan
Slot No. SN Equipmentplan
Port No. PN Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ALD PowerSwitch
PWRSWITCH Set this parameter to ON when an RETantenna is used. The default value isOFF.
Equipmentplan
CurrentAlarmThreshold
THRESHOLDTYPE
Set this parameter as follows:l If the RRU is connected to the RCU
through the RETPORT in a regularscenario, set this parameter toRET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
l In other scenarios, set this parameterto UER_SELF_DEFINE.
Engineeringdesign
Undercurrent AlarmOccurThreshold
UOTHD Set these parameters only if theTHRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set toUER_SELF_DEFINE. Set theseparameters as required. For details, seesection 8.4.3 Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
Undercurrent AlarmClearThreshold
UCTHD Engineeringdesign
OvercurrentAlarm OccurThreshold
OOTHD Engineeringdesign
OvercurrentAlarm ClearThreshold
OCTHD Engineeringdesign
Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
Table 8-3 Key parameters related to the RET antenna
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna. The format of the value issite_sector+port+device type_networktype. For details, see the device name-related parameter descriptions. Thisparameter is optional. If this parameter isspecified, the device name of each ALDmust be unique.
Engineeringdesign
Control PortCabinet No.
CTRLCN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port for anRET antenna, including the cabinetnumber, subrack number, and slotnumber of the RRU or RFU where thecontrol port is located. Set theseparameters based on the controlrelationship between the RET antennaand the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Control PortSubrack No.
CTRLSRN Equipmentplan
Control PortSlot No.
CTRLSN Equipmentplan
RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
for the RET antenna with a single RETsubunit.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RETfor the RET antenna with multipleRET subunits.
l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RETfor the AAS module with passiveantennas.
Equipmentplan
RETSubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Number of RET subunits used by a basestation.Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter based on the actual
situation if the RETTYPE parameteris set to MULTI_RET.
l Set this parameter to 1 if the basestation uses the AAS module withpassive antennas.
Equipmentplan
Polar Type POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AASspecifications only when the base stationuses the AAS module with passiveantennas or set this parameter based onthe RET antenna specifications.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
AntennaScenario
SCENARIO l When the RET antenna is connectedto an AAS:If an AAS module with passiveantennas is used, set this parameter toDAISY_CHAIN even when you needto use only one set of antennas for theRET function. In this case, specify theVENDORCODE and SERIALNOparameters because the antennas inthe AAS module are working in daisychain mode.
l When the RET is connected to anRRU or RFU:
– Set this parameter to REGULARif the RET antenna is directlyconnected to the RRU or RFU. Inthis scenario, VENDORCODEand SERIALNO parameters donot need to be specified.
– Set this parameter toDAISY_CHAIN if the two RETantennas are cascaded. In thisscenario, the control port for RETantennas must be configured onthe upper-level RRU or RFU of thedaisy chain. TheVENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters must bespecified.
Equipmentplan
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
Set this parameter based on themanufacturer information, for example,KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN foran Andrew RET antenna, or HW for aHuawei Agisson RET antenna or an AASmodule with passive antennas.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter according to theantenna serial number.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.If an AAS module with passive antennasis used, run the SCN ALD command toobtain the serial number of the AASmodule. Then set this parameteraccording to the mapping between theserial number and antenna based on thehardware description specific to the AASmodule.
Equipmentplan
Table 8-4 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 8-4 Key parameters related to the RET subunit
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET antenna Equipmentplan
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO This parameter specifies the RET subunitnumber, which starts from 1.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 CabinetNo.
CONNCN1 If no AAS module with passive antennasis used, set these parameters based onconnections between the RET subunitsand the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.If an AAS module with passive antennasis used, set these parameters based on theconnections between the AAS moduleand RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 Slot No.
CONNSN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 Port No.
CONNPN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 CabinetNo.
CONNCN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN2 Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Connect Port2 Slot No.
CONNSN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 Port No.
CONNPN2 Equipmentplan
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
Table 8-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 8-5 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
Table 8-6 describes the parameter that could be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 8-6 Key parameters related to the RET device data
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RETantenna. Set this parameterwhen configuring the RETMO.
Engineering design
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Set thisparameter when configuringthe RETSUBUNIT MO.
Engineering design
Antenna ModelNumber
MODELNO Antenna model. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Antenna SerialNo.
SERIALNO Equipment serial number ofan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported byan antenna and thecorresponding beam width.These parameters are part ofdevice data defined in AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 Equipment plan
Gain1 GAIN1 Equipment plan
Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan
Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan
Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan
Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan
Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan
Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan
Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan
Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna isto be installed. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of an antenna installationperson. This parameter is partof the device data defined byAISG protocols. For details,see 3GPP 25.446 or AISGv2.0.
Equipment plan
Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served byan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
AntennaBearing
BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
InstalledMechanical Tilt
TILT Mechanical tilt of an antenna.This parameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT
The following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AASmodule is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT. In this scenario, theAAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, the configuration can beperformed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table8-6.
Table 8-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT.
Table 8-7 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Cabinet No. CN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port for anRET antenna, including the cabinetnumber, subrack number, and slot numberof the RRU or RFU where the control portis located and the control port number. Setthese parameters based on connectionsbetween the RET antenna and the RRU orRFU. Only one port on the RRU or RFUcan be used as the control port for the RET
Equipmentplan
Subrack No. SRN Equipmentplan
Slot No. SN Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Port No. PN antenna. In a daisy chain scenario,multiple RCUs share one control port.
Equipmentplan
ALD PowerSwitch
PWRSWITCH Set this parameter to ON when an ALD isused. The default value is OFF.
Equipmentplan
FeederLength
FEEDERLENGTH
This parameter specifies the length of thefeeder connected to the RF port. Set thisparameter to the actual feeder length.
Equipmentplan
DL TimeDelay
DLDELAY Set this parameter based on the devicespecifications. Generally, the value is lessthan 30 ns.
Equipmentplan
UL TimeDelay
ULDELAY Set this parameter based on the devicespecifications. Generally, the value is lessthan 30 ns.
Equipmentplan
CurrentAlarmThresholdType
THRESHOLDTYPE
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see Table 8-17.
Engineeringdesign
Undercurrent AlarmOccurThreshold
UOTHD Set these parameters only if theTHRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set toUER_SELF_DEFINE. Set theseparameters as required. For details, seesection 8.4.3 Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
Undercurrent AlarmClearThreshold
UCTHD Engineeringdesign
OvercurrentAlarm OccurThreshold
OOTHD Engineeringdesign
OvercurrentAlarm ClearThreshold
OCTHD Engineeringdesign
Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (witha TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table8-6.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table8-7.
Table 8-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 8-8 Key parameters related to the TMA
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Equipmentplan
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RET antenna.The format of the value is site_sector+port+device type_network type. For details,see the device name-related parameterdescriptions. This parameter is optional.If this parameter is specified, the devicename of each ALD must be unique.
Engineeringdesign
Control PortCabinet No.
CTRLCN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port,including the cabinet number, subracknumber, and slot number of the RRU orRFU where the control port is located. Setthese parameters based on connectionsbetween the TMA and the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Control PortSubrack No.
CTRLSRN Equipmentplan
Control PortSlot No.
CTRLSN Equipmentplan
TMASubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. Generally, the value is 2.
Equipmentplan
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
This parameter is required in a non-regular scenario. Set this parameter to theactual TMA manufacturer code.
Equipmentplan
Serial No. SERIALNO This parameter is required in a non-regular scenario. Set this parameter to theactual TMA serial number.
Equipmentplan
Table 8-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
Table 8-9 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA Equipmentplan
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO Number of a TMA subunit Equipmentplan
Connect PortCabinet No.
CONNCN Set these parameters based onconnections between the TMA and the RFport on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect PortSubrack No.
CONNSRN Equipmentplan
Connect PortSlot No.
CONNSN Equipmentplan
Connect PortNo.
CONNPN Equipmentplan
Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two workingmodes, normal mode and bypass modes:l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifiesuplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunitworks as a straight-through feeder. Itdoes not amplify uplink signals. Thedefault value is NORMAL.
Engineeringdesign
Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The gain value rangesupported by the TMA varies according tothe manufacturer and model. Run the DSPTMADEVICEDATA command toquery the value range before setting thegain.If the gain is fixed, this parameter isoptional, or you can set this parameter toits actual gain value.
Engineeringdesign
Table 8-10 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
Table 8-10 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
RX ChannelNo.
RXNO RX channel number of the RRU or RFU. Engineeringdesign
LogicalSwitch ofRX Channel
RXSW Logical switch for the RX channel of theRRU or RFU. The default value is ON.
Equipmentplan
Attenuation ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set this parameterto 0.
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within the rangefrom 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within the rangefrom 11 dB to 22 dB.
Engineeringdesign
Table 8-11 describes the parameters that could be set to configure TMA device data.
Table 8-11 Key parameters related to the TMA device data
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA.Set this parameter whenconfiguring the TMA MO.
Engineering design
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Setthis parameter whenconfiguring theTMASUBUNIT MO.
Engineering design
ConnectAntenna ModelNumber
MODELNO Antenna model. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number ofan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supportedby an antenna and thecorresponding beam width.These parameters are part ofdevice data defined in AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Beamwidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 Equipment plan
Gain1 GAIN1 Equipment plan
Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan
Beamwidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan
Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan
Beamwidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan
Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan
Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan
Beamwidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan
Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan
Installation Date DATE Date on which an antenna isto be installed. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Installer's ID INSTALLERID ID of an antenna installationperson. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served byan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
AntennaBearing
BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
InstalledMechanical Tilt
TILT Mechanical tilt of anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure a RETPORT in this scenario, see Table 8-2.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, andTMA device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.
Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (withan SASU)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table8-7.
Table 8-12 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU.
Table 8-12 Key parameters related to the SASU
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of theSASU.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RET antenna.The format of the value is site_sector+port+device type_network type. For details,see the device name-related parameterdescriptions. This parameter is optional. Ifthis parameter is specified, the devicename of each ALD must be unique.
Engineeringdesign
Control PortCabinet No.
CTRLCN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port,including the cabinet number, subracknumber, and slot number of the RRU orRFU where the control port is located. Setthese parameters based on connectionsbetween the SASU and the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Control PortSubrack No.
CTRLSRN Equipmentplan
Control PortSlot No.
CTRLSN Equipmentplan
DC Switch DCSWITCH l If the SASU is directly connected tothe RET antenna, set this parameter toOFF.
l If the SASU is connected to the RETantenna through a TMA, set thisparameter to BS or UMTS.
Equipmentplan
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
Set this parameter based on the actualSASU manufacturer code.
Equipmentplan
Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter based on the actualSASU serial number.
Equipmentplan
Table 8-13 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an SASU subunit.
Table 8-13 Key parameters related to the SASU subunit
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an SASU Equipmentplan
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO Number of an SASU subunit Equipmentplan
Connect PortCabinet No.
CONNCN Set these parameters based onconnections between the SASU subunitsand the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect PortSubrack No.
CONNSRN Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Connect PortSlot No.
CONNSN Equipmentplan
Connect PortNo.
CONNPN Equipmentplan
Mode MODE The SASU subunit supports two workingmodes, normal mode and bypass modes:l In normal mode, the SASU amplifies
uplink signals.l In bypass mode, the SASU subunit
works as a straight-through feeder. Itdoes not amplify uplink signals.The default value is NORMAL.
Engineeringdesign
GSM Gain BSGAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The value range ofSASU gain varies according to themanufacturer and model. Run the DSPSASUDEVICEDATA command toquery the value range before setting thegain.
Engineeringdesign
UMTS Gain UMTSGAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The value range ofSASU gain varies according to themanufacturer and model. Run the DSPSASUDEVICEDATA command toquery the value range before setting thegain.
Engineeringdesign
DC Load DCLOAD Set this parameter only if theDCSWITCH parameter is set to UMTS.If the SASU is connected to the RETantenna through a TMA, this parametermust be specified so that the TMA can beacknowledged by the BTS.
Engineeringdesign
Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (withan SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all parameters can be set only on the NodeB side.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-3, Table 8-4, Table 8-5, and Table8-6.
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table8-7.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, andRET device data in this scenario, see Table 8-8, Table 8-9, Table 8-10, and Table 8-11.
For parameters that must be set to configure an SASU and SASU subunit in this scenario, seeTable 8-12 and Table 8-13.
Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in theAAS module. For parameters that must be set to configure the RET device data on an AASmodule with passive antennas, see Table 8-6.
Table 8-14 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AASmodule with passive antennas.
Table 8-14 Key parameters related to the RET function on an AAS module with passive antennas(MU)
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The ALD device number must be uniquein a base station. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Equipmentplan
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RET antenna.The format of the parameter value issite_sector+port+device type_networktype. This parameter is optional. If thisparameter is specified, the device name ofeach ALD must be unique.
Engineeringdesign
Connect PortCabinet No.
CTRLCN These parameters specify the numbers ofthe cabinet, subrack, and slot,respectively, where an AAS module islocated.
Equipmentplan
Connect PortSubrack No.
CTRLSRN Equipmentplan
Connect PortSlot No.
CTRLSN Equipmentplan
RET Type RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to MULTI_RET if
the AAU3901 is usedl Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
if an AAS module other than theAAU3901is used.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
RET SubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Set this parameter only when theRETTYPE parameter is set toMULTI_RET:l If the AAU3901 is used, set this
parameter to the number of the RETsubunit with the largest number to beused. For example, when only RRUsor RFUs connect to an AAU3901, the1710-2170 (-) and 1710-2170 (+) portsare used. However, the two ports aremanaged by RET subunit 2. In thiscase, this parameter must be set to 2.
l If an AAS module other than theAAU3901 is used, set this parameterto 1.
Equipmentplan
PolarizationType
POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AASmodule specifications.
Equipmentplan
AntennaScenario
SCENARIO Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the AAU3901 is used, s.l Set this parameter to DAISY_CHAIN
if an AAS module other than theAAU3901is used. TheDAISY_CHAIN value isrecommended even when you need touse only one set of antennas for theRET function. In this case, specify theVENDORCODE and SERIALNOparameters because the antennas in theAAS module are working in daisychain mode.
Equipmentplan
Vendor Code VENDORCODE
This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.Set this parameter to HW.
Equipmentplan
EquipmentSerial No.
SERIALNO This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.Set this parameter according to theantenna serial number.
Equipmentplan
Table 8-15 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit on an AASmodule with passive antennas.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
Table 8-15 Key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module with passive antennas
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET antenna Equipmentplan
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO This parameter specifies the RET subunitnumber, which starts from 1.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 CabinetNo.
CONNCN1 Set these parameters based on theconnections between the AAS moduleand the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 Slot No.
CONNSN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 Port No.
CONNPN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 CabinetNo.
CONNCN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 Slot No.
CONNSN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 Port No.
CONNPN2 Equipmentplan
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
Table 8-16 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt onan AAS module with passive antennas.
Table 8-16 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS module with passiveantennas
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Tilt TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)
In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by an RETPORT on theactive module on the AAS module. Table 8-2 describes the key parameters related to theRETPORT.
Table 8-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure the RET function on an AASmodule with passive antennas.
Table 8-4 describes the key parameters related to the RET subunit on an AAS module withpassive antennas.
Table 8-5 describes the key parameters related to the RET antenna downtilt on an AAS modulewith passive antennas.
Table 8-6 describes the key parameters related to the RET device data on an AAS module withpassive antennas.
8.4.3 PrecautionsThis section describes precautions of configuring ALD data, running a command for scanningALDs, setting the current alarm threshold type for ALD data.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when configuring ALD data:
– The RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned onsimultaneously.
– ALD scanning, calibration, downtilt setting, software download, and configuration filedownload cannot be performed simultaneously on ALDs.
– The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMAfor an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command on theNodeB or eNodeB LMT to turn on the power switch and set current alarm thresholds.(For data preparation details, see Table 8-7.) Then, run the MOD RXBRANCHcommand to configure the RX channel attenuation based on the engineering design.(For data preparation details, see Table 8-10.)
– The AISG1.1-based twin TMAs consist of two internal TMAs and perform the samefunctions as the two subunits of an AISG2.0-based TMA. The AISG1.1-based twinTMAs can be configured as two devices, each configured with one subunit. In this case,batch loading of the TMA software may fail on one of the devices. The AISG1.1-basedtwin TMAs can also be configured as one device, which is configured with two subunits.In this case, the serial number cannot be configured for the TMA. Otherwise, only onesubunit is operational. When an RRU with four ports is connected to multiple TMAs,the twin TMAs must be configured as two devices and each configured with one subunitif the AISG1.1-based twin TMAs are used.
– ALDs are automatically scanned when an RET antenna or TMA is added.
– ALDs are automatically scanned after an RRU or RFU is reset.
l Pay attention to the following restrictions when scanning ALDs:
– ALDs are scanned based on control link connections. The scanned result shows theALDs physically connected to the base station, which is not affected by ALD dataconfiguration.
– ALDs cannot be scanned if ALD control links are faulty.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
– After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to workonly after you run the SCN ALD command.
l Use the values shown in Table 8-17 and Table 8-18 to set the current alarm threshold typefor the control port.
Table 8-17 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)
ReferenceValue
Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold(mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold(mA)
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
For 12 dB TMAonly
30 40 170 150
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
For 24 dB TMAonly
40 60 310 280
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL
For RET antennaonly (coaxialcable)
25 33 150 120
TMA12DB_AISG
For 12 dB TMA+RET antenna or12 dB TMA only(AISG)
30 40 450 400
TMA24DB_AISG
For 24 dB TMA+RET antenna or24 dB TMA only(AISG)
40 60 850 750
UER_SELF_DEFINE
User-defined For details, see the description below.
Table 8-18 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)
ReferenceValue
Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold(mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold(mA)
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
For RET antennaonly (multi-wirecable)
10 15 150 120
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
ReferenceValue
Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold(mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold(mA)
UER_SELF_DEFINE
User- defined For details, see the description below.
Set the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter to UER_SELF_DEFINE in any of the followingscenarios:
– RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario.
– A smart TMA is used as a common TMA.
– The configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei.
– An SASU is used.When the THRESHOLDTYPE parameter is set to UER_SELF_DEFINE, set currentalarm thresholds based on the actual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
– User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: UOTHD <UCTHD < OCTHD < OOTHD.
– Generally, the UOTHD parameter is set to 20% to 30% of the device rated operatingcurrent, and the UCTHD parameter is set to about 20 mA greater than the UOTHDparameter. The OOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the device rated operatingcurrent, and the OCTHD parameter is set to about 50 mA less than the OOTHDparameter.
– If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the UOTHD parameter is setto 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. TheOOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDscontrolled by the RRU.
– If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the UOTHD parameteris set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU. TheOOTHD parameter is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated current of all ALDscontrolled by the RRU.
When a base station uses an AAS module with passive antennas and the RCU integratedin the AAS module is controlled by the RRU or RFU connecting to the AAS module, setthe THRESHOLDTYPE parameter as follows:
– If the control port is an RETPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to a valuecorresponding to RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
– If the control port is an ANTENNAPORT on the RRU or RFU, set this parameter to avalue corresponding to RET_ONLY_COAXIAL.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
8.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI
Configuring ALD data for a Single Base Stationl eGBTS
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the followingsequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating BaseStations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating a Single Co-MPT Base Station >Configuring Device Data About the Co-MPT Base Station> Configuring ALDs >Procedure.
l NodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the followingsequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating BaseStations > Creating NodeBs > Creating a Single NodeB > Configuring NodeB Device Data> Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
l eNodeB
Configure ALDs using the data prepared in section 8.4.2 Data Preparation. For details,see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the followingsequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating BaseStations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating a Single eNodeB > Configuring eNodeB DeviceData > Configuring ALDs > Procedure.
Configuring ALD Data in Batches
Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save thistemplate. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template.
l eGBTSs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in thefollowing sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT BaseStations in Batches (MOC Export) or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > Creating Co-MPT Base Stations > Creating Co-MPTBase Stations in Batches (Customization Tool).
l NodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in thefollowing sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >Creating Base Stations > Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (MOC Export)or 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations> Creating NodeBs > Creating NodeBs in Batches (Customization Tool).
l eNodeBs
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in thefollowing sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) >Creating Base Stations > Creating eNodeBs > Creating eNodeBs in Batches.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
8.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MMLCommands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by the RRU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including thepower switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer and model.Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
----End
Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
----End
Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (witha TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table8-9.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSPTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, seeTable 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table8-11.
----End
Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including thepower switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-2.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 4 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table8-9.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSPTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, seeTable 8-10.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table8-11.
----End
Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (withan SASU)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, seeTable 8-13.
Step 5 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 6 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
Step 7 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
----End
Scenario 6: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (withan SASU and a TMA)
In this scenario, all the following commands can be executed only on the NodeB side.
Step 1 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 8-7.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain SASU information.
Step 3 Run the ADD SASU command to add an SASU and set related parameters, see Table 8-12.
Step 4 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an SASU subunit, seeTable 8-13.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the SCN ALD command to scan ALDs and obtain information about the TMAand RET antenna. Skip this step if you have obtained the information about the TMA and RETantenna in Step 2.
Step 6 Run the ADD TMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 8-8.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, see Table8-9.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSPTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Step 8 Run the ADD RET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table8-3.
Step 9 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 10 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, see Table8-4.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table8-5.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
Step 12 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
Step 13 (Optional) Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to configure RX channel attenuation, seeTable 8-10.
Step 14 (Optional) Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, see Table8-11.
----End
Scenario 7: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (MU)NOTE
Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS commandto configure the AAS module.
Step 1 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed inTable 8-14.
Step 3 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table8-15.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table8-16.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
----End
Scenario 8: Connection to the AAS Module with Passive Antennas (RU)NOTE
Before you set the RET function for an AAS module with passive antennas, run the ADD AAS commandto configure the AAS module.
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to configure parameters related to the power switch andcurrent alarm threshold on the RETPORT. For details, see Table 8-2.
Step 2 Run the SCN ALD command to scan an AAS module with passive antennas.
Step 3 Run the ADD RET command to add the AAS module and set the related parameters listed inTable 8-3.
Step 4 Run the CLB RET command to calibrate the passive antennas in the AAS module.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set the RET subunit parameters listed in Table8-4.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD RETTILT command to set the downtilt parameter listed in Table8-5.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, see Table8-6.
----End
8.4.6 CommissioningStep 1 Run the DSP ALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RETAntennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on theTMA.
l If the ALD is an SASU, see "SASU software download" in section 4.3.2 Operations on theSASU.
l If the ALD is an AAS, see "RCU software download" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AASModules.
Step 2 If the RET or AAS has no configuration file, load its configuration file as follows:
l If an RET is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RETAntennas.
l If an AAS is used, see "Configuration file loading" in section 4.4.2 Operations on AASModules.
----End
8.4.7 Activation Observation
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module
l The active module on the AAS module
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RETsubunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in the commandoutput.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
NOTE
If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting theControl Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic information aboutTMA subunits.
Step 5 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the SASU dynamic information.This step applies to NodeBs only.
Step 6 If an SASU is used, run the DSP SASU command to query the dynamic information about SASUsubunits. This step applies to NodeBs only.
----End
AAS Modules with Passive AntennasIn this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in theAAS module.
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RETsubunit. When an RET subunit is working properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in thecommand output.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the AAS module.
NOTE
The MU does not support reporting the Control Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter isdisplayed as NULL
----End
8.4.8 Deactivation
RETs/TMAs/SASUsThe following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AASmodule is controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS modulel The active module on the AAS module
If an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna. The subunits and device data are removed at thesame time.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA. The subunits and device data are removed at the sametime.
l RMV SASU: to remove an SASU. The subunits and device data are removed at the sametime. This command applies only to NodeBs.
Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.
AAS Modules with Passive AntennasIf an AAS module with passive antennas is no longer used, run the RMV RET command toremove the data records of the RET MO, including the settings of all RET subunits under theMO and device properties.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
8.4.9 Reconfiguration
RETs/TMAs/SASUs
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by either of the following:
l The RRU or RFU that is connected to this AAS module
l The active module on the AAS module
When ALD data needs to be reconfigured, collect information about the parameters to bemodified based on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, seesection 8.4.2 Data Preparation.
Follow these steps to reconfigure ALD data:
Step 1 Run the MOD RETPORT command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD RET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 5 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the MOD ANTENNAPORT command to modify parameters related to anANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD TMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD TMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
Step 10 Run the MOD TMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
Step 11 Run the MOD SASU command to modify parameters related to an SASU. This step applies toNodeBs only.
Step 12 Run the MOD SASUSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an SASU subunit.This step applies to NodeBs only.
NOTE
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or from anANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PWRSWITCH parameter that has been set to ON to OFF for thereconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT and RETPORT switches on one RRU cannotbe turned on simultaneously.
----End
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
AAS Modules with Passive Antennas
In this scenario, the RET function on an AAS module is controlled by the MU configured in theAAS module.
Step 1 Run the MOD RET command to modify settings of the RET function parameters on an AASmodule with passive antennas.
Step 2 Run the MOD RETSUBUNIT command to modify the RET subunit parameter settings.
Step 3 Run the MOD RETTILT command to adjust the downtilt settings of the AAS module.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP RETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 4 Run the MOD RETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data on an AAS modulewith passive antennas.
----End
8.5 Performance MonitoringN/A
8.6 Parameter OptimizationN/A
8.7 TroubleshootingTable 8-19 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm withrecommended actions in the alarm reference for the base station.
Table 8-19 Alarms related to ALDs
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated
26752 ALD Hardware Fault
26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
26755 TMA Bypass
26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
26756 SASU VSWR Threshold Crossed
26759 SASU Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26760 SASU Bypass
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment oneGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD ManualDeployment on GBTS Side)
9.1 When to Use ALD ManagementIt is recommended that ALD management be used when ALDs have been installed and the ALDscomply with the AISG protocol. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1 and AISGv2.0, both supported in SRAN8.0 and later.
9.2 Required InformationN/A
9.3 PlanningN/A
9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 RequirementsN/A
9.4.2 Data Preparation
Introduction
This section includes only key parameters, not parameters in all scenarios.
Data sources of key parameters include the following:
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
l Radio network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from the radionetwork plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Radio network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes from theradio network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensure successfulinterworking.
l Transport network planning (internal planning): The parameter value comes from thetransport network plan, facilitating resource management on the current NE.
l Transport network planning (negotiated with the peer): The parameter value comes fromthe transport network plan. The NE negotiates this value with the peer device to ensuresuccessful interworking.
l Equipment planning: The parameter value comes from the equipment plan.l Engineering design: The parameter value comes from the algorithm or function design.l Default/recommended value: The parameter uses the default or recommended value, and
the recommended value is preferential. The default or recommended value can be used inmost scenarios and adjusted for a specific scenario.
l N/A: The parameter value is not required.
ALD data configuration varies according to scenarios. Different scenarios vary when controlsignals are sent to an RET antenna through different RRU or RFU ports and when a TMA isused.
The scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORTl Scenario 2: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORTl Scenario 3: connection to the RET antenna through the ANTENNAPORT (with a TMA)l Scenario 4: connection to the RET antenna through the RETPORT (with a TMA)l Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM
Generic DataFor details about generic data, see section Generic Data.
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORTThe following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AASmodule with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT. In thisscenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, theconfiguration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
Table 9-1 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
Table 9-1 Key parameters related to the RETPORT
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
RET ALDPowerSwitch
PwrSwitchRET
Set this parameter to ON when an RETantenna is used. The default value isOFF.
Equipmentplan
RET ALDCurrentAlarmThresholdType
THRESHOLDTYPERET
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions.
Engineeringdesign
RET ALDUnderCurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
UnderCurAlmThdRET
Set these parameters only if theTHRESHOLDTYPERET parameter isset to UER_SELF_DEFINE. Set theseparameters as required. For details, seesection 9.4.3 Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
RET ALDUnderCurrentClearThreshold(mA)
UnderCurClrThdRET
Engineeringdesign
RET ALDOverCurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
OverCurAlmThdRET
Engineeringdesign
RET ALDOverCurrentClearThreshold(mA)
OverCurClrThdRET
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-2 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
Table 9-2 Key parameters related to the RET antenna
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Equipmentplan
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RET antenna.The format of the value is site_sector+port+device type_network type. For details,see the device name-related parameterdescriptions. This parameter is optional.If this parameter is specified, the devicename of each ALD must be unique.
Engineeringdesign
Control PortCabinet No.
CTRLPORTCN
These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port for anRET antenna, including the cabinetnumber, subrack number, and slot numberof the RRU or RFU where the control portis located. Set these parameters based onthe control relationship between the RETantenna and the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Control PortSubrack No.
CTRLPORTSRN
Equipmentplan
Control PortSlot No.
CTRLPORTSN
Equipmentplan
Control PortNo.
CTRLPORTNO
Control port number. The value rangesfrom 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1, and 2correspond to the ports ANT_A, ANT_B,and RETPORT, respectively. Only oneport on the RRU or RFU can be used asthe control port for the RET antenna. In adaisy chain scenario, multiple RCUsshare one control port.
Equipmentplan
RETType RETTYPE Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to SINGLE_RET
for the RET antenna with a single RETsubunit or for the AAS module withpassive antennas.
l Set this parameter to MULTI_RETfor the RET antenna with multipleRET subunits.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
RETSubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Number of RET subunits used by a basestation.Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter if the RETTYPE
parameter is set to MULTI_RET.l Set this parameter to 1 if the base
station uses the AAS module withpassive antennas.
Equipmentplan
Polar Type POLARTYPE Set this parameter based on the AASspecifications only when the base stationuses the AAS module with passiveantennas or set this parameter based on theRET antenna specifications.
Equipmentplan
AntennaScenario
SCENARIO This parameter specifies how the RETantenna is connected to an RRU or RFU.l Set this parameter to REGULAR if
the RET antenna is directly connectedto the RRU or RFU. In this scenario,VENDORCODE and SERIALNOparameters do not need to be specified.
l Set this parameter toDAISY_CHAIN in the following twoscenarios:Two RET antennas are cascaded. Inthis scenario, the control port for RETantennas must be configured on theupper-level RRU or RFU of the daisychain. The VENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters must bespecified. An AAS module withpassive antennas is used. TheDAISY_CHAIN value isrecommended for this parameter evenwhen you need to use only one set ofantennas for the RET function. In thiscase, specify the VENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters because theantennas in the AAS module areworking in daisy chain mode.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
Set this parameter based on themanufacturer information, for example,KA for a Kathrein RET antenna, AN foran Andrew RET antenna, or HW for aHuawei Agisson RET antenna or an AASmodule with passive antennas.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
Equipmentplan
Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter according to theantenna serial number.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.If an AAS module with passive antennasis used, run the SCN ALD command toobtain the serial number of the AASmodule. Then set this parameteraccording to the mapping between theserial number and antenna based on thehardware description specific to the AASmodule.
Equipmentplan
Table 9-3 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an RET subunit.
Table 9-3 Key parameters related to the RET subunit
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RET antenna Equipmentplan
SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO This parameter specifies the RET subunitnumber, which starts from 1.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 CabinetNo.
CONNCN1 If no AAS module with passive antennasis used, set these parameters based onconnections between the RET subunitsand the RF ports on the RRU or RFU.If an AAS module with passive antennasis used, set these parameters based on theconnections between the AAS module andRF ports on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port1 Slot No.
CONNSN1 Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Connect Port1 Port No.
CONNPN1 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 CabinetNo.
CONNCN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 SubrackNo.
CONNSRN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 Slot No.
CONNSN2 Equipmentplan
Connect Port2 Port No.
CONNPN2 Equipmentplan
Tilt(0.1degree)
TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-4 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET antenna downtilt.
Table 9-4 Key parameter related to the RET antenna downtilt
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Tilt(0.1degree)
TILT Set this parameter based on theengineering design.
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-5 describes the parameter that must be set to configure an RET device data.
Table 9-5 Key parameters related to the RET device data
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of an RETantenna. Set this parameterwhen configuring the RETMO.
Engineering design
SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO RET subunit number. Setthis parameter whenconfiguring theRETSUBUNIT MO.
Engineering design
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Antenna ModelNumber
MODELNO Antenna model. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number ofan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supportedby an antenna and thecorresponding beam width.These parameters are part ofdevice data defined in AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
BeamWidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 Equipment plan
Gain1 GAIN1 Equipment plan
Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan
BeamWidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan
Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan
BeamWidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan
Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan
Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan
BeamWidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan
Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan
Installed Date DATE Date on which an antenna isto be installed. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Installer ID INSTALLERID ID of an antenna installationperson. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served byan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
AntennaBearing
BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Thisparameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
InstalledMechanical Tilt
TILT Mechanical tilt of anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device datadefined by AISG protocols.For details, see 3GPP 25.446or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORTThe following descriptions also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AASmodule with passive antennas is controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.In this scenario, the AAS module functions as the conventional RET antennas. Therefore, theconfiguration can be performed in the same way as that for conventional RET antennas.
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antennadowntilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table9-5.
Table 9-6 describes the parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT. Thistable assumes that ANT_A is a control port. When any other ANTENNAPORT is the controlport, the key parameters can be similarly configured. For example, when ANT_B is the controlport, the parameter ID PwrSwitchB is configured accordingly.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
Table 9-6 Key parameters related to the ANTENNAPORT
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ANT_AALD PowerSwitch
PwrSwitchA Set this parameter to ON when an ALDis used. The default value is OFF.If this parameter is set to ON, currentalarm thresholds for this port must bespecified.
Equipmentplan
ANT_AALDCurrentAlarmThresholdType
ChkModA Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see Table 9-13.
Engineeringdesign
ANT_AALD OverCurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
OverCurAlmThdA
Set these parameters only if theChkModA parameter is set toUER_SELF_DEFINE. Set theseparameters as required. For details, seesection 9.4.3 Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT_AALD OverCurrentClearThreshold(mA)
OverCurClrThdA
Engineeringdesign
ANT_AALD UnderCurrentOccurThreshold(mA)
UnderCurAlmThdA
Engineeringdesign
ANT_AALD UnderCurrentClearThreshold(mA)
UnderCurClrThdA
Engineeringdesign
Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (witha TMA)
For parameters that must be set to configure an RET antenna, RET subunit, RET antenna downtiltand RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-2, Table 9-3, Table 9-4, and Table 9-5.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
For parameters that must be set to configure an ANTENNAPORT in this scenario, see Table9-6.
Table 9-7 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA.
Table 9-7 Key parameters related to the TMA
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique. Note that theDEVICENO parameter value of the RETantenna must differ from that of the TMA.
Equipmentplan
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna. The format of the value issite_sector+port+device type_networktype. For details, see the device name-related parameter descriptions. Thisparameter is optional. If this parameter isspecified, the device name of each ALDmust be unique.
Engineeringdesign
TMA PowerSupply Type
PWRSUPPLYTYPE
Power supply type of a TMA. Set thisparameter based on the specificationsprovided by the TMA manufacturer.
Equipmentplan
Control PortCabinet No.
CTRLPORTCN
These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port,including the cabinet number, subracknumber, and slot number of the RRU orRFU where the control port is located. Setthese parameters based on controlrelationship between the TMA and theRRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Control PortSubrack No.
CTRLPORTSRN
Equipmentplan
Control PortSlot No.
CTRLPORTSN
Equipmentplan
TMASubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. Generally, the value is 2.
Equipmentplan
Vendor code VENDORCODE
Set this parameter to the actual TMAmanufacturer code.
Equipmentplan
Serial No. SERIALNO Set this parameter to the actual TMAserial number.
Equipmentplan
Table 9-8 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a TMA subunit.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
Table 9-8 Key parameters related to the TMA subunit
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA Equipmentplan
SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO Number of a TMA subunit Equipmentplan
Connect PortCabinet No.
CONNCN Set these parameters based onconnections between the TMA and the RFport on the RRU or RFU.
Equipmentplan
Connect PortSubrack No.
CONNSRN Equipmentplan
Connect PortSlot No.
CONNSN Equipmentplan
Connect PortPort No.
CONNPN Equipmentplan
Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports two workingmodes, normal mode and bypass modes:l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifiesuplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunitworks as a straight-through feeder. Itdoes not amplify uplink signals. Thedefault value is NORMAL.
Equipmentplan
Gain(0.25db)
GAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The gain value rangesupported by the TMA varies accordingto the manufacturer and model. Run theDSP BTSTMADEVICEDATAcommand to query the value range beforesetting the gain. If the gain is fixed, thisparameter is optional, or you can set thisparameter to its actual gain value.
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-9 describes the parameters that must be set to configure RX channel attenuation.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
Table 9-9 Key parameters related to RX channel attenuation
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
AntennaTributary 1Flag
HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether a TMAis connected to RF port ANT_A. If a TMAis connected, set this parameter to YES.
Equipmentplan
AntennaTributary 1Factor
ATTENFACTOR1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU orDRFU.
Engineeringdesign
AntennaTributary 1Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is not set toDRRU or DRFU.
Engineeringdesign
AntennaTributary 2Flag
HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether a TMAis connected to RF port ANT_B. If a TMAis connected, set this parameter to YES.
Equipmentplan
AntennaTributary 2Factor
ATTENFACTOR2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is set to DRRU orDRFU.
Engineeringdesign
AntennaTributary 2Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is not set toDRRU or DRFU.
Engineeringdesign
AntennaTributary 3Flag
HAVETT3 This parameter specifies whether a TMAis connected to RF port ANT_C. If a TMAis connected, set this parameter to YES.
Equipmentplan
AntennaTributary 3Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR3
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU orGRRU.
Engineeringdesign
AntennaTributary 4Flag
HAVETT4 This parameter specifies whether a TMAis connected to RF port ANT_D. If a TMAis connected, set this parameter to YES.
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
AntennaTributary 4Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR4
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA is installed.This parameter can be set only if theRXUTYPE parameter is set to MRRU orGRRU.
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-10 describes the parameters that must be set to TMA device data.
Table 9-10 Key parameters related to the TMA device data
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO Device number of a TMA. Setthis parameter whenconfiguring the TMA MO.
Engineering design
SubUnit No. SUBUNITNO TMA subunit number. Setthis parameter whenconfiguring theTMASUBUNIT MO.
Engineering design
AntennaBearing
BEARING Azimuth of an antenna. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Antenna ModelNumber
MODELNO Antenna model. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Base Station ID BSID ID of a base station served byan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Band1 BAND1 Frequency band supported byan antenna and thecorresponding beam width.These parameters are part ofdevice data defined in AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
BeamWidth1 BEAMWIDTH1 Equipment plan
Gain1 GAIN1 Equipment plan
Band2 BAND2 Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
BeamWidth2 BEAMWIDTH2 Equipment plan
Gain2 GAIN2 Equipment plan
Band3 BAND3 Equipment plan
BeamWidth3 BEAMWIDTH3 Equipment plan
Gain3 GAIN3 Equipment plan
Band4 BAND4 Equipment plan
BeamWidth4 BEAMWIDTH4 Equipment plan
Gain4 GAIN4 Equipment plan
Installed Date DATE Date on which an antenna isto be installed. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
InstalledMechanical Tilt
TILT Mechanical tilt of an antenna.This parameter is part of thedevice data defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Installer ID INSTALLERID ID of an antenna installationperson. This parameter is partof the device data defined byAISG protocols. For details,see 3GPP 25.446 or AISGv2.0.
Equipment plan
Sector ID SECTORID ID of a sector served by anantenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Serial No. SERIALNO Equipment serial number ofan antenna. This parameter ispart of the device data definedby AISG protocols. Fordetails, see 3GPP 25.446 orAISG v2.0.
Equipment plan
Gain Resolution GAINRESOLUTION
These parameters are usuallyset when a TMA is delivered.
Equipment plan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Subunit Type If these parameters have notbeen set upon a TMAdelivery, you can set themaccording to manualsdelivered with the TMA. Thisparameter is part of the devicedata defined by AISGprotocols. For details, see3GPP 25.446 or AISG v2.0.
SUBUNITTYPE
Equipment plan
Received MaxFrequency
RXMAXFQ Equipment plan
Received MinFrequency
RXMINFQ Equipment plan
Transmit MaxFrequency
TXMAXFQ Equipment plan
Transmit MinFrequency
TXMINFQ Equipment plan
Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)For parameters that must be set to configure an RETPORT, RET antenna, RET subunit, RETantenna downtilt, and RET device data in this scenario, see Table 9-1, Table 9-2, Table 9-3,Table 9-4, and Table 9-5.
For parameters that must be set to configure a TMA, TMA subunit, RX channel attenuation, andTMA device data in this scenario, see Table 9-7, Table 9-8, Table 9-9, and Table 9-10.
Scenario 5: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the GATMTable 9-11 describes the parameters that must be set to configure a GATM.
Table 9-11 Key parameters related to the GATM
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ANT0 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC0 Set this parameter to ON when ANT0 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
ANT0Alarm Mode
MODE0 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
ANT0 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP0
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ANT0 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP0
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT0 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD0 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT1 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC1 Set this parameter to ON when ANT1 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
ANT1Alarm Mode
MODE1 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
ANT1 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT1 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT1 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD1 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT2 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC2 Set this parameter to ON when ANT2 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
ANT2Alarm Mode
MODE2 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ANT2 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT2 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT2 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD2 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT3 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC3 Set this parameter to ON when ANT3 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
ANT3Alarm Mode
MODE3 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
ANT3 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP3
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT3 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP3
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT3 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD3 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT4 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC4 Set this parameter to ON when ANT4 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ANT4Alarm Mode
MODE4 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
ANT4 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP4
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT4 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP4
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT4 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD4 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT5 ALDPowerSwitch
AMPC5 Set this parameter to ON when ANT5 isconnected to the RET antenna. (Thedefault value is OFF.)
Equipmentplan
ANT5Alarm Mode
MODE5 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. MODE1(Mode 1) isrecommended.
Engineeringdesign
ANT5 ALDOver CriticalAlarmThreshold(mA)
MAJORALMUP5
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT5 ALDOverWarningAlarmThreshold(mA)
MINORALMUP5
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
ANT5 ALDLow CurrentAlarmThreshold(mA)
ALMD5 Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. For details, see section 9.4.3Precautions.
Engineeringdesign
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
ManagerCabinet No.
MCN Cabinet number of the managing board.The managing board is the GTMU orCCU board that directly communicateswith the GATM.
Engineeringdesign
ManagerSubrack No.
MSRN Subrack number of the managing board.The managing board is the GTMU orCCU board that directly communicateswith the GATM.
Engineeringdesign
ManagerPort No.
MPN Number of the monitoring port on themanaging board that connects to theGATM
Engineeringdesign
Table 9-12 describes the parameters that must be set to enable the RET function.
Table 9-12 Key parameters related to the RET function
ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Device No. DEVICENO The device number of each ALD in a basestation must be unique.
Equipmentplan
For details about key parameters related to the RET antenna, RET antenna downtilt, and RETdevice data, see Table 9-2, Table 9-4, and Table 9-5 in scenario 1.
9.4.3 PrecautionsSection 8.4.3 Precautions describes the common precautions for GBTS and eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB.
The common TMA does not support the AISG protocol. To configure a common TMA, youonly need to run the SET BTSRXUBP command to turn on the power switch, set current alarmthresholds, and configure the RX channel attenuation based on the network plan. For datapreparation details for turning on the power switch and setting the current alarm thresholds, seeTable 9-6. For data preparation details for configuring the RX channel attenuation, see Table9-9.
After subunits are added to an AISG1.1-based TMA, all TMA subunits start to work only afteryou run the STR BTSALDSCAN command.
Use the values provided in Table 9-13 and Table 9-14 to set the current alarm threshold typefor the control port.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
Table 9-13 Reference values for current alarm thresholds (ANTENNAPORT)
Reference Value Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
For 12 dB TMAonly
30 40 170 150
TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG
For 24 dB TMAonly
40 60 310 280
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL
For RET antennaonly (coaxialcable)
25 33 150 120
TMA12DB_AISG For 12 dB TMA+RET antenna or12 dB TMA only(AISG)
30 40 450 400
TMA24DB_AISG For 24 dB TMA+RET antenna or24 dB TMA only(AISG)
40 60 850 750
UER_SELF_DEFINE1
User-defined For details, see the description below.
UER_SELF_DEFINE2
User-defined For details, see the description below.
UER_SELF_DEFINE3
User-defined For details, see the description below.
Table 9-14 Reference values of current alarm thresholds (RETPORT)
ReferenceValue
Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
RET_ONLY_MULTICORE
For RET antennaonly (multi-wirecable)
10 15 150 120
UER_SELF_DEFINE1
User- defined For details, see the description below.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
ReferenceValue
Description UndercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
UndercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmOccurThreshold (mA)
OvercurrentAlarmClearThreshold (mA)
UER_SELF_DEFINE2
User- defined For details, see the description below.
UER_SELF_DEFINE3
User- defined For details, see the description below.
When the current alarm threshold type is user-defined, set current alarm thresholds based on theactual ALD type. Pay attention to the following restrictions:
l User-defined current alarm thresholds must meet the requirements: Under Current OccurThreshold < Under Current Clear Threshold < Over Current Clear Threshold < OverCurrent Occur Threshold.
l Generally, the Under Current Occur Threshold is set to 20% to 30% of the device ratedoperating current, and the Under Current Clear Threshold is set to about 20 mA greaterthan the Under Current Occur Threshold. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150%to 200% of the device rated operating current, and the Over Current Clear Threshold is setto about 50 mA less than the Over Current Occur Threshold.
l If RET antennas are connected in a non-regular scenario, the Under Current OccurThreshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by theRRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to a value that is 150% to 200% of the totalrated current of all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l If the configured ALD model is not recommended by Huawei, the Under Current OccurThreshold is set to 20% to 30% of the total rated current of all ALDs controlled by theRRU. The Over Current Occur Threshold is set to 150% to 200% of the total rated currentof all ALDs controlled by the RRU.
l There are three user-define types for GBTSs: UER_SELF_DEFINE1,UER_SELF_DEFINE2, and UER_SELF_DEFINE3. Generally, the value isUER_SELF_DEFINE1.
9.4.4 Initial Configuration on the GUI
Configuring a Single Base StationConfigure ALDs using the data prepared in section 9.4.2 Data Preparation. For details, see3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in the following sequence:3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > Creating Base Stations > CreatingGBTSs > Creating a Single GBTS > Configuring GBTS Device Data > Configuring ALDs >Procedure.
NOTE
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station controllerconnected to the base station.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
Configuring Base Stations in Batches
Customize a template on a base station where ALDs have been configured, and save thistemplate. Prepare a summary data file by referencing the user-defined template. ConfigureeNodeBs in batches based on the summary data file.
For details, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide and navigate in thefollowing sequence: 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration (CME-based) > CreatingBase Stations > Creating GBTSs > Creating GBTSs in Batches.
NOTE
When you navigate in the document, locate the correct node based on the type of the base station controllerconnected to the base station.
9.4.5 Initial Configuration on a Single Base Station Using MMLCommands
Scenario 1: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by the RRU or RFU through its RETPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including thepower switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, seeTable 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table9-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, seeTable 9-5.
----End
Scenario 2: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT
The following operations also apply to the scenario in which the RET function on an AAS moduleis controlled by the RRU or RFU through its ANTENNAPORT.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table9-2.
Step 4 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, seeTable 9-3.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table9-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, seeTable 9-5.
----End
Scenario 3: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the ANTENNAPORT (witha TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT,including the power switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-6.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, seeTable 9-8.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSPBTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, seeTable 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table9-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, seeTable 9-5.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see Table9-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, seeTable 9-10.
----End
Scenario 4: Connection to the RET Antenna Through the RETPORT (with a TMA)
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set parameters related to an RETPORT, including thepower switch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-1.
Step 2 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 3 Run the ADD BTSTMA command to add a TMA and set related parameters, see Table 9-7.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to set parameters related to a TMA subunit, seeTable 9-8.
NOTE
The value range of TMA gain varies according to the manufacturer and model. Run the DSPBTSTMADEVICEDATA command to query the value range before setting the gain.
Step 5 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table9-2.
Step 6 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to set parameters related to an RET subunit, seeTable 9-3.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table9-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 9 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, seeTable 9-5.
Step 10 (Optional) Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to configure RX channel attenuation, see Table9-9.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to set a TMA device data, seeTable 9-10.
----End
Scenario 5: connection to the RET antenna through the GATM
Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to set parameters related to a GATM, including the powerswitch and current alarm thresholds, see Table 9-11.
Step 2 Run the SET BTSRETANTENB command to enable the RET function. For details, see Table9-12.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
Step 3 Run the STR BTSALDSCAN command to scan ALDs.
Step 4 Run the ADD BTSRET command to add an RET antenna and set related parameters, see Table9-2.
Step 5 Run the CLB BTSRET command to calibrate an RET antenna.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to set an RET antenna downtilt, see Table9-4.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to set an RET device data, seeTable 9-5.
----End
9.4.6 CommissioningStep 1 Run the DSP BTSALDVER command to query the version of an ALD. If the ALD needs to be
upgraded, download the required software as follows:
l If the ALD is an RET, see "RCU software download" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RETAntennas.
l If the ALD is a TMA, see "TMA software download" in section 4.2.2 Operations on theTMA.
Step 2 If the RET has no configuration file, load its configuration file. For details, see "Configurationfile loading" in section 4.1.2 Operations on RET Antennas.
----End
9.4.7 Activation ObservationStep 1 Run the DSP BTSRETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each
RET subunit. If an RET subunit works properly, Online Status is AVAILABLE in thecommand output.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query TMA dynamic information.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query dynamic informationabout TMA subunits.
----End
9.4.8 DeactivationIf an ALD is no longer used, run the following commands to remove the ALD data:
l RMV BTSRET: to remove RET antenna data. The subunits and device data are removedat the same time.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
l RMV BTSTMA: to remove TMA data. The subunits and device data are removed at thesame time.
Then power off the ALD and set the corresponding attenuation factor to the default value.
9.4.9 ReconfigurationWhen you need to reconfigure ALD data, collect information about the parameters to be modifiedbased on connections between the RRU/RFU and the RET antenna. For details, see section 9.4.2Data Preparation.
Step 1 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an RETPORT.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to modify parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to an RET subunit.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 5 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
Step 6 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to modify parameters related to an ANTENNAPORT.
Step 7 Run the MOD BTSTMA command to modify parameters related to a TMA.
Step 8 Run the MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT command to modify parameters related to a TMA subunit.
Step 9 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to adjust RX channel attenuation.
NOTE
Before changing the power port on the RRU or RFU from an RETPORT to an ANTENNAPORT or froman ANTENNAPORT to an RETPORT, set the PwrSwitchRET or PwrSwitchA parameter that has beenset to ON to OFF for the reconfiguration. This is necessary because the ANTENNAPORT andRETPORT switches on one RRU cannot be turned on simultaneously.
Step 10 Run the MOD BTSTMADEVICEDATA command to adjust a TMA device data.
----End
For the scenario of connection to the RET antenna through the GATM, perform the followingsteps:
Step 1 Run the SET BTSDATUBP command to modify parameters related to the port where theGATM connects to RET antenna.
Step 2 Run the MOD BTSRET command to adjust parameters related to an RET antenna.
Step 3 Run the MOD BTSRETTILT command to adjust an RET antenna downtilt.
NOTE
The value range of the tilt angle supported by the RET antenna varies according to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSP BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to query the supported tilt angle before setting.
Step 4 Run the MOD BTSRETDEVICEDATA command to adjust an RET device data.
----End
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
9.5 Performance MonitoringN/A
9.6 Parameter OptimizationN/A
9.7 TroubleshootingTable 9-15 lists the alarms related to ALDs. If an alarm is reported, clear the alarm withrecommended actions in the alarm reference of the BSC.
Table 9-15 Alarms related to ALDs
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated
26752 ALD Hardware Fault
26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
26755 TMA Bypass
26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Manual Deployment onGBTS Side)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
10 Engineering Guidelines (ALDAutomatic Deployment)
10.1 When to Use ALD Automatic DeploymentIt is recommended that ALD Automatic Deployment be used when ALDs have been installedand the ALDs comply with AISG protocols. The AISG protocol has two versions, AISG v1.1and AISG v2.0. Both are supported in SRAN9.0 and later.
ALD automatic deployment applies to RETs and TMAs but not SASUs or AAS modules. Inaddition, ALD automatic deployment is not supported in GATM scenarios.
10.2 Required InformationN/A
10.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
N/A
Hardware Planning
N/A
10.4 Deployment
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
10.4.1 ProcessFigure 10-1 describes the process of ALD automatic deployment.
Figure 10-1 ALD automatic deployment
10.4.2 Requirements
LicenseThe GSM and UMTS modes have no requirements for deploying this feature.
In the LTE system, this feature is under license control. Table 10-1 lists the license control itemsfor this feature.
Table 10-1 License control items for optional features of ALD management
Feature License Control Item
LOFD-001024 Remote Electrical TiltControl
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (FDD)
TDLOFD-001024 Remote ElectricalTilt Control
Remote Electrical Tilt Control (TDD)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
Base Station
Base stations must have been deployed and commissioned before ALD automatic deployment.
10.4.3 Data Preparation
Overview
In ALD automatic deployment, the system automatically performs initial configuration for mostALD data, as described in section 10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration Process.Only a small amount of ALD data needs to be manually modified or added. The ALD data thatneeds manual operation varies depending on the following:
l Number of RET subunits
l Cascading of RET antennas
l Number of TMA subunits
l Connections between the TMA and RRU/RFU
The related scenarios are as follows:
l Scenario 1: Single-antenna RET antenna not in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 2: AISG v2.0-based TMA connected to the RRU/RFU with two RF ports (oneTMA with two TMA subunits) (see Figure 4-10)
l Scenario 3: Single-antenna RET antenna in daisy chain mode (see Figure 4-4)
l Scenario 4: Multi-antenna RET antenna (see Figure 4-1)
l Scenario 5: AISG v1.1-based TMA (two TMAs, each with two TMA subunits)
l Scenario 6: TMA connected to two cascaded RRUs or RFUs (see Figure 4-11)
l Scenario 7: TMA connected to the RRU with four RF ports (see Figure 4-12)
NOTE
In scenario 7, if the RRU with four RF ports is connected to two RET antennas, the TMA and RET antennaon the RF port ANT_A connecting to the control port for the RET antenna can be automatically deployed,but the TMA and RET antenna on the RF port ANT_B connecting to the control port for the RET antennacannot be automatically deployed. For details about the data configurations, see scenario 3 in section 7.4"Deploying ALD Management" or scenario 3 in section 8.4 "Deploying ALD Management."
Obtain an RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer in advancebecause the configuration file may be required for commissioning an ALD after initialconfiguration is complete.
Manually Configured Data
After ALD automatic configuration is complete, manually modify and add required ALD data,which must be obtained and recorded locally on the base station.
1. Common data that needs to be modifiedTable 10-2 or Table 10-3 describes the parameters that need to be manually modified afterautomatic configuration is complete.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
Table 10-2 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
MO ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes
RETSUBUNIT
Tilt TILT Check whether manual modificationis required. If yes, obtain the methodof modifying this parameter.
TMASUBUNIT
Mode MODE Check whether manual modificationis required. If yes, obtain the methodof modifying this parameter.Gain GAIN
RXBRANCH
Attenuation ATTEN Obtain the modification value for theRX channel attenuation using thefollowing formula:RXBRANCH. ATTEN =TMASUBUNIT.GAIN – AntennalosswhereTMASUBUNIT.MODE andTMASUBUNIT.GAIN: Manuallymodified values.
Table 10-3 Common parameters that need to be manually modified (GBTS)
MO ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes
BTSRETSUBUNIT
Tilt TILT Check whether manual modificationis required. If yes, obtain the methodof modifying this parameter.
BTSTMASUBUNIT
Mode MODE Check whether manual modificationis required. If yes, obtain the methodof modifying this parameter.Gain
(0.25db)GAIN
BTSRXUBP AntennaTributary 1Factor
ATTENFACTOR1
Obtain the modification value for theRX channel attenuation using thefollowing formula:BTSRXUBP. ATTENFACTOR =BTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN –Antenna losswhereBTSTMASUBUNIT.MODE andBTSTMASUBUNIT.GAIN:Manually modified values.
AntennaTributary 1Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR1
AntennaTributary 2Factor
ATTENFACTOR2
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
MO ParameterName
Parameter ID Setting Notes
AntennaTributary 2Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR2
2. Scenario-specific data that needs to be added
Table 10-4 describes the parameters that need to be manually added in scenarios 3 through 7.There is no need to manually add parameters in scenarios 1 and 2.
Table 10-4 Scenario-specific parameters that need to be manually added
Scenario Item
ScenarioDescription
ConfigurationData
Setting Notes
Scenario3
Single-antenna RETantenna indaisy chainmode
RET subunitconnection port
Add data of the connection port for theRETSUBUNIT MO based onconnections between the RET antenna andRF module.The vendor code and serial number of thedevice identify an RET antenna. Thecabinet number, subrack number, and slotnumber identify the RF module where anRF port connecting to the RET antenna islocated and the port number identifies theRF port.
Scenario4
Multi-antenna RETantenna
RET subunitconnection port
Add data of the connection port for theRETSUBUNIT MO based onconnections between the RET antenna andRF module.The ALD device number and subunitnumber identify an RET subunit. Thecabinet number, subrack number, and slotnumber identify the RF module where anRF port connecting to the RET antenna islocated and the port number identifies theRF port.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
Scenario Item
ScenarioDescription
ConfigurationData
Setting Notes
Scenario5
AISG v1.1-based TMA(two TMAs,each with twoTMAsubunits)
TMA subunitconnection port
Add data of the connection port for theRETSUBUNIT MO based onconnections between the TMA and RFmodule.The vendor code and serial number of thedevice identify a TMA. The cabinetnumber, subrack number, and slot numberidentify the RF module where an RF portconnecting to the TMA is located and theport number identifies the RF port.
Scenario6
TMAconnected totwo cascadedRRUs orRFUs
TMA subunitconnection port
Manually modify the configuration ofconnection ports for the RETSUBUNITMO after automatic configuration iscomplete. This is because automaticconfiguration cannot identify RF portsANT_A (R0A) on the two cascaded RFmodules as TMA subunit connectionports.
RX channelattenuation
Manually modify attenuation on the fourRX channels of two RF modules.
Scenario7
TMAconnected tothe RRU withfour RF ports
TMA subunitconnection port
Manually modify the configuration of theconnection port for the RETSUBUNITMO after automatic configuration iscomplete. This is because automaticconfiguration cannot identify any of thefour RF ports on RF modules as the TMAsubunit connection port.
RX channelattenuation
Manually modify attenuation on RXchannels of the RF modules.
RET Antenna Configuration Filel Check whether the RET antenna configuration file needs to be downloaded.
Download the RET antenna configuration file in scenarios where an RCU and antenna aredelivered separately and installed onsite. There is no need to download the configurationfile in scenarios where an RCU and antenna are combined or delivered together or wherean existing RET antenna can be re-used.
l Obtain the RET antenna configuration file from the RET antenna manufacturer.
After obtaining the configuration file, record RCU and antenna models of all sectors in a basestation in the site survey report and determine which configuration file to download for a specificRET antenna based on the model information.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
10.4.4 Creating an ALD Automatic Deployment TaskALD automatic deployment must be performed on the U2000 Antenna Management System(AMS) client. This section describes how to start the U2000 AMS client and create an ALDautomatic deployment task.
Starting the U2000 AMS ClientYou can start the U2000 AMS client by entering U2000's IP address in the Internet Explorer(IE) address bar or by using the U2000 client.
Method 1: Entering U2000's IP address in the address bar of the IE
Step 1 In the address bar of the IE, enter U2000 IP address/ams (for example, 10.141.143.253/ams)and press Enter.
Step 2 In the displayed login window of the U2000 AMS client, input User Name, Password, andVerification Code.
Note that the user name and password for the U2000 AMS client are the same as those for theU2000 client.
----End
Method 2: Using the U2000 client
On the U2000 client, choose Maintenance > Antenna Management > Device Management.The U2000 AMS client is started.
Creating a TaskAn ALD automatic deployment task can be created on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page.After the U2000 AMS client is started, click the Device Management tab. The DeviceManagement tab page is displayed. Then, click the ALD Auto Deployment tab, as shown inFigure 10-2.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
Figure 10-2 Clicking the ALD Auto Deployment tab
Operators can manage and monitor ALD automatic deployment on a single NE if an ALDautomatic deployment task has been created on the U2000 AMS client.
To create an ALD automatic deployment task for an NE, you can manually select the NE orimport a deployment list that contains the NE information.
NOTE
The preceding deployment list is the one that is exported through the CME described in 3900 Series BaseStation Initial Configuration.
Method 1: Manually selecting an NE
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Create.
Step 2 Select a target NE and click OK.
You can move one or multiple NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking
.
You can move all NEs from the Available NEs list to the Select NEs list by clicking .
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment taskhas been created for the selected NE.
----End
Method 2: Importing a deployment list
Step 1 On the ALD Auto Deployment tab page, click Import NE List.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
Step 2 In the displayed Import dialog box, click Browse to select a deployment list and click OK.
The value of Status is Wait to be started, indicating that an ALD automatic deployment taskhas been created for the selected NE.
----End
10.4.5 Initial ConfigurationInitial configuration for ALD automatic deployment includes automatic configuration andmanual configuration. Manual configuration is performed after automatic configuration.
Automatic Configuration
Step 1 On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select a target NE and click Start, as shown inFigure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 Starting a task
Step 2 Wait until automatic configuration is complete. During the automatic configuration, Status isRunning.
When automatic configuration is complete, the Progress becomes 100% and the Status changesto Wait to be acknowledged.
Step 3 Click Export in the Report column to download an ALD automatic configuration report.
Step 4 Check the configuration process and results in the ALD automatic configuration report.
----End
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
NOTICEDo not stop an ongoing ALD automatic configuration task. You can perform other operationsonly after the automatic configuration is complete.
Manual Configuration (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Set parameters on the CME configuration interface according to the operation sequencedescribed in the "Manually Configured Data" section. For instructions on how to perform theCME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
You are advised to use the batch configuration function on the CME to manually configure ALDdata for base stations of the same type to improve configuration efficiency. The related operationsare as follows:
Step 1 Export ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to export data of multiple base stations, see CME ProductDocumentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB bychoosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the CME > CMEGuidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related Operations >Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME ProductDocumentation.
The ALD-related MOCs that need to be exported include ANTENNAPORT, RETPORT,RXBRANCH, RET, RETSUBUNIT, TMA, and TMASUBUNIT.
Step 2 Modify the exported ALD data.
Export the ALD data of multiple base stations to XLS files using the CME, modify the data fora specific scenario as described in section 9.4.3 "Data Preparation."
Step 3 Import the ALD data of multiple base stations using the CME.
For details about how to use the CME to import data of multiple base stations, see CME ProductDocumentation. You can check the related operations for an eGBTS, NodeB, or eNodeB bychoosing different modes. For example, for an eGBTS, choose Managing the CME > CMEGuidelines > GSM Application Management > Base Satiation Related Operations >Importing and Exporting eGBTS Data for Batch Configuration in CME ProductDocumentation.
----End
Manual Configuration (GBTS)
You can run MML commands to manually configure ALD data for a GBTS.
Table 10-5 describes the MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
Table 10-5 MML commands used to manually modify common ALD data
MO Parameter Name
Parameter ID MML Command
BTSRETSUBUNIT
Tilt TILT MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
BTSTMASUBUNIT
Mode MODE MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
BTSTMASUBUNIT
Gain(0.25db)
GAIN MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
BTSRXUBP AntennaTributary1 Factor
ATTENFACTOR1 SET BTSRXUBP
AntennaTributary1 Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR1
AntennaTributary2 Factor
ATTENFACTOR2
AntennaTributary2 Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR2
Table 10-6 describes the MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALDdata.
Table 10-6 MML commands used to manually modify scenario-specific ALD data
ScenarioItem
ScenarioDescription
Configuration Data MML Command
Scenario 3 Single-antenna RETantenna indaisy chainmode
Connection port for theBTSRETSUBUNIT MO
MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
Scenario 4 Multi-antennaRET antenna
Connection port for theBTSRETSUBUNIT MO
MOD BTSRETSUBUNIT
Scenario 6 TMAconnected totwo cascadedRRUs or RFUs
Connection port for theBTSTMASUBUNIT MO
MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
ScenarioItem
ScenarioDescription
Configuration Data MML Command
Scenario 7 TMAconnected tothe RRU withfour RF ports
Connection port for theBTSTMASUBUNIT MO
MOD BTSTMASUBUNIT
RX channel attenuation SET BTSRXUBP
10.4.6 Commissioning
Downloading the RET Antenna Configuration FileTo download RET antenna configuration files in batches, perform the following steps on theU2000 AMS client:
Step 1 On the U2000 AMS client, click the Configuration tab.
Step 2 Select an NE and then an RET subunit on the displayed RET Subunit tab page. Multiple NEsof the same version can be selected and multiple RET subunits can be selected for the same NE.
Step 3 Choose Transfer GFG File > From OSS Client to OSS Server to upload the target RETantenna configuration files from your local client to the U2000 server.
Step 4 On the RET Subunit tab page, click Export Configuration Template to export the templatefor downloading configuration files for the RET antenna in batches.
Step 5 Input the configuration file name and tilt for each RET subunit in the exported template. If thetilt is not specified for an RET subunit, the original tilt remains unchanged.
Step 6 Click Import Configuration Template to import the template for downloading configurationfiles for the RET antenna in batches. The system automatically downloads configuration filesfor the RET antenna, calibrates the RET antenna, and sets the downtilt.
Step 7 Click Export Configuration Report to export the report of downloading configuration files forthe RET antenna in batches.
Step 8 Check the process and results in the report of downloading configuration files for the RETantenna in batches.
----End
10.4.7 Activation Observation
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RETsubunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit worksproperly.
Step 2 Run the DSP RET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If the valuesof the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RET subunitsare available, the RET antenna is started properly.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
NOTE
If only one antenna port on the RF module supports RET, the RF module does not support reporting theControl Port No. parameter. The value of this parameter is displayed as NULL.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMA command to query dynamic information about the TMA.If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number ofTMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP TMASUBUNIT command to query the working status of TMAsubunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunit worksproperly.
----End
GBTS
Step 1 Run the DSP RETSUBUNIT command to query the working status and downtilt of each RETsubunit. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the RET subunit worksproperly.
Step 2 Run the DSP BTSRET command to query dynamic information about the RET antenna. If thevalues of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual number of RETsubunits are available, the RET antenna is started properly.
Step 3 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMA command to query dynamic information about theTMA. If the values of the actual vendor code and serial number for the device, and actual numberof TMA subunits are available, the TMA is started properly.
Step 4 If a TMA is used, run the DSP BTSTMASUBUNIT command to query the working status ofTMA subunits. If Online Status is AVAILABLE in the command output, the TMA subunitworks properly.
----End
10.4.8 Checking that ALD Automatic Deployment Is CompleteAfter an ALD automatic deployment task is complete for an NE, you need to check that ALDautomatic deployment is complete on the ALD Auto Deployment tab page of the U2000 AMSclient.
On the list of ALD automatic deployment tasks, select an NE whose Status is Wait to beacknowledged and click Acknowledge.
The value of Status for the NE changes to Completed.
10.4.9 DeactivationIf an ALD is no longer used, run an appropriate command to remove the ALD data. Then poweroff the ALD and return the corresponding attenuation parameters to the default value.
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:l Using the U2000 AMS
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as shownin Figure 10-4.
Figure 10-4 Configuration tab page
2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is tobe removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data ofthe ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
– RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port wherethe power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only onone port at a time.
l Using MML commands
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD RETPORTcommand to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MODANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the MOD RXBRANCH command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuationparameters to the default value.
----End
GBTS
Step 1 Remove the ALD data:
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In the U2000 AMS, click Configuration on the Device Management tab page, as shownin Figure 10-4.
2. On the displayed Configuration tab page, choose the target NE from which the ALD is tobe removed in area 1.
3. In area 2, click the Device tab, choose the ALD to be removed, and click Remove. Data ofthe ALD and its subunits is removed.
l Using MML commands
– RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
– RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
Step 2 Power off the ALD:
l Using the U2000 AMS
1. In area 2 on the Configuration tab page, click the Power Switch tab, choose the port wherethe power switch for the removed ALD is located.
2. In area 3, set the power switch on the port to OFF. You can set the power switch only onone port at a time.
l Using MML commands
– If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET BTSRXUBPcommand to power off the RETPORT.
– If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SETBTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
Step 3 Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuationparameters to the default value.
----End
10.4.10 ReconfigurationIf ALD data needs to be reconfigured after initial configuration is complete, you can use eitherof the following ways:
l Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration and then enable ALD automaticdeployment to restart initial configuration.
l Run MML commands to reconfigure ALD data.
Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
l RMV RET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
l RMV TMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
2. Power off the ALD:
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
l If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the MOD RETPORTcommand to power off the RETPORT.
l If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the MODANTENNAPORT command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuationparameters to the default value.
Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section 10.4.5Initial Configuration.
----End
Removing ALDs and Enabling ALD Automatic Deployment (GBTS)
Step 1 Remove ALDs that require data reconfiguration:
1. Run the following command to remove the ALD data:
l RMV BTSRET: to remove an RET antenna and its subunits.
l RMV BTSTMA: to remove a TMA and its subunits.
2. Power off the ALD:
l If all ALDs that are connected to an RETPORT are removed, run the SET BTSRXUBPcommand to power off the RETPORT.
l If all ALDs that are connected to an ANTENNAPORT are removed, run the SETBTSRXUBP command to power off the ANTENNAPORT.
3. Run the SET BTSRXUBP command to set the corresponding RX channel attenuationparameters to the default value.
Step 2 Enable ALD automatic deployment to restart initial configuration. For details, see section 10.4.5Initial Configuration.
----End
Running MML Commands (eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB)
See section 8.4.9 Reconfiguration.
Running MML Commands (GBTS)
See section 9.4.9 Reconfiguration.
10.5 Performance MonitoringN/A
10.6 Parameter OptimizationN/A
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
10.7 Troubleshooting
eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB
Table 10-7 lists the alarms related to ALDs for an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB. If an alarm isreported, handle the alarm by referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-7 Alarms related to eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB ALDs
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated
26752 ALD Hardware Fault
26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
26755 TMA Bypass
26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
GBTS
Table 10-8 lists the alarms related to ALDs for a GBTS. If an alarm is reported, handle the alarmby referring to the corresponding alarm reference.
Table 10-8 Alarms related to GBTS ALDs
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26753 RET Antenna Not Calibrated
26752 ALD Hardware Fault
26530 RF Unit ALD Current Out of Range
26531 RF Unit ALD Switch Configuration Mismatch
26751 RET Antenna Motor Fault
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
Alarm ID Alarm Name
26754 RET Antenna Data Loss
26755 TMA Bypass
26758 TMA Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26757 RET Antenna Running Data and Configuration Mismatch
26541 ALD Maintenance Link Failure
26272 Inter-System RF Unit Parameter Settings Conflict
10.8 Appendix: ALD Automatic Configuration ProcessFigure 10-5 describes the process of ALD automatic configuration.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
Figure 10-5 ALD automatic configuration process
Turing on the ALD Power Switch
The system attempts to turn on the ALD power switch for the RETPORT orANTENNAPORT MOs.
l If an ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD powerswitch is turned on. The system starts scanning the ALD and ALD automatic configurationcontinues.
l If no ALD is configured for the RETPORT or ANTENNAPORT MO, the ALD powerswitch cannot be turned on. The system turns off the ALD power switch and ALD automaticconfiguration ends.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-9 and Table 10-10 describe the parameters forconfiguring the RETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
Table 10-9 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
CabinetNo.
CN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port foran RET antenna, including thecabinet number, subrack number,and slot number of the RRU wherethe control port is located and thecontrol port number.
These parameters are setto the cabinet number,subrack number, andslot number of the RRUwhere the RETPORT islocated and the portnumber of theRETPORT. The systemattempts to turn on theALD power switch onthe RETPORT.
SubrackNo.
SRN
Slot No. SN
Port No. PN
ALDPowerSwitch
PWRSWITCH
Set this parameter to ON when anALD is used. The default value isOFF.
This parameter is set toON when the powerswitch is turned on or toOFF when the powerswitch cannot be turnedon.
CurrentAlarmThreshold
THRESHOLDTYPE
- This parameter is set tothe default valueRET_ONLY_MULTICORE.
Table 10-10 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO
Parameter Name
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ControlPortCabinetNo.
CN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port foran RET antenna, including thecabinet number, subrack number, andslot number of the RRU or RFUwhere the control port is located andthe control port number.
These parameters are setto the cabinet number,subrack number, and slotnumber of the RRUwhere theANTENNAPORT islocated and the portnumber of theRETPORT. The systemattempts to turn on theALD power switch onthe ANTENNAPORT.
ControlPortSubrackNo.
SRN
ControlPort SlotNo.
SN
ControlPortCabinetNo.
PN
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
Parameter Name
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ALDPowerSwitch
PWRSWITCH
Set this parameter to ON when anALD is used. The default value isOFF.
This parameter is set toON when the powerswitch is turned on or toOFF when the powerswitch cannot be turnedon.
CurrentAlarmThreshold
THRESHOLDTYPE
- This parameter is set tothe default valueTMA24DB_AISG.
For a GBTS, Table 10-11 and Table 10-12 describe the parameters for configuring theRETPORT and ANTENNAPORT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-11 Key parameters for configuring the RETPORT MO
Parameter Name
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
RET ALDPowerSwitch
PwrSwitchRET
Set this parameter to ON when anALD is used. The default value isOFF.
This parameter is set toON when the powerswitch is turned on or toOFF when the powerswitch cannot be turnedon.
RET ALDCurrentAlarmThresholdType
THRESHOLDTYPERET
- This parameter is set tothe default valueRET_ONLY_MULTI-CORE.
Table 10-12 Key parameters for configuring the ANTENNAPORT MO
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ANT_AALDPowerSwitch
PwrSwitchA
Set this parameter to ON when anALD is used. The default value isOFF.
This parameter is set toON when the powerswitch is turned on or toOFF when the powerswitch cannot be turnedon.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ANT_AALDCurrentAlarmThresholdType
ChkModA - This parameter is set tothe default valueTMA24DB_AISG.
Scanning ALDs
The system starts scanning ALDs after the ALD power switch is turned on. The system will scana connected ALD and existing data of the ALD. The ALD data is used for later automaticconfiguration.
Configuring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs
After an RET antenna is scanned, the system automatically configures the RET andRETSUBUNIT MOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-13 and Table 10-14 describe the parameters forconfiguring the RET and RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-13 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
The device number of each ALD in abase station must be unique. Note thatthe RET antenna's DEVICENO mustbe different from the TMA's.
The systemautomatically allocatesdevice numbers with noduplicates.
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna.
The format of the devicename is as follows:device type_cabinetnumber of the controlport_subrack number ofthe control port_slotnumber of the controlport_random number,for example,RET_0_60_0_1.
ControlPortCabinet No.
CTRLCN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port foran RET antenna, including thecabinet number, subrack number, and
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ControlPortSubrackNo.
slot number of the RRU or RFUwhere the control port is located.
CTRLSRN
ControlPort SlotNo.
CTRLSN
RET Type RETTYPE
Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to
SINGLE_RET for the RETantenna with a single RETsubunit.
l Set this parameter toMULTI_RET for the RETantenna with multiple RETsubunits.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
RETSubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Number of RET subunits used by abase station.Set this parameter if the RETTYPEparameter is set to MULTI_RET.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Polar Type POLARTYPE
- This parameter is set toDUAL.
AntennaScenario
SCENARIO
This parameter specifies how theRET antenna is connected to an RRUor RFU.l Set this parameter to
REGULAR if the RET antenna isdirectly connected to the RRU orRFU. In this scenario,VENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters do notneed to be specified.
l Set this parameter toDAISY_CHAIN when two RETantennas are cascaded. In thisscenario, the control port for RETantennas must be configured onthe upper-level RRU or RFU ofthe daisy chain. TheVENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters must bespecified.
If only one RET antennais scanned on a controlport, this parameter is setto REGULAR.If multiple RETantennas are scanned ona control port, thisparameter is set toDAISY_CHAIN.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
Set this parameter based on themanufacturer information, forexample, KA for a Kathrein RETantenna, AN for an Andrew RETantenna, or HW for a HuaweiAgisson RET antenna.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Serial No. SERIALNO
Set this parameter according to theantenna serial number.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Table 10-14 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
Device number of an RET antenna Device number of anRET antenna
Subunit No. SUBUNITNO
This parameter specifies the RETsubunit number, which starts from 1.
The systemautomatically allocatessubunit numbers with noduplicates.
ConnectPort 1Cabinet No.
CONNCN1
- l If single-antennaRET antennas areused and the RETantennas are not indaisy chain mode,connection port 1 isset to R0A on theRRU where thecontrol port islocated, andconnection port 2 isset to R0B on theRRU where thecontrol port islocated.
l If a multi-antennaRET antenna is usedor if single-antennaRET antennas work
ConnectPort 1SubrackNo.
CONNSRN1
ConnectPort 1 SlotNo.
CONNSN1
ConnectPort 1 PortNo.
CONNPN1
ConnectPort 2Cabinet No.
CONNCN2
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ConnectPort 2SubrackNo.
in daisy chain mode,neither connectionport 1 nor connectionport 2 is set.
CONNSRN2
ConnectPort 2 SlotNo.
CONNSN2
ConnectPort 2 PortNo.
CONNPN2
Tilt TILT - This parameter is set tothe actual RET antennadowntilt obtained fromthe output of the DSPRETSUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
For a GBTS, Table 10-15 and Table 10-16 describe the parameters for configuring the RETand RETSUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-15 Key parameters for configuring the RET MO
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
The device number of each ALD in abase station must be unique. Note thatthe RET antenna's DEVICENO mustbe different from the TMA's.
The systemautomatically allocatesdevice numbers with noduplicates.
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna.
The format of the devicename is as follows:device type_cabinetnumber of the controlport_subrack number ofthe control port_slotnumber of the controlport_random number.
ControlPortCabinet No.
CTRLPORTCN
These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port foran RET antenna, including thecabinet number, subrack number, and
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ControlPortSubrackNo.
slot number of the RRU or RFUwhere the control port is located.
CTRLPORTSRN
ControlPort SlotNo.
CTRLPORTSN
ControlPort No.
CTRLPORTNO
Control port number. The valueranges from 0 to 2. Control ports 0, 1,and 2 correspond to the portsANT_A, ANT_B, and RETPORT,respectively. Only one port on theRRU or RFU can be used as thecontrol port for the RET antenna. In adaisy chain scenario, multiple RCUsshare one control port.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
RETType RETTYPE
Set this parameter as follows:l Set this parameter to
SINGLE_RET for the RETantenna with a single RETsubunit.
l Set this parameter toMULTI_RET for the RETantenna with multiple RETsubunits.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
RETSubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Number of RET subunits used by abase station.Set this parameter if the RETTYPEparameter is set to MULTI_RET.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Polar Type POLARTYPE
- This parameter is set toDUAL.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
AntennaScenario
SCENARIO
This parameter specifies how theRET antenna is connected to an RRUor RFU.l Set this parameter to
REGULAR if the RET antenna isdirectly connected to the RRU orRFU. In this scenario,VENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters do notneed to be specified.
l Set this parameter toDAISY_CHAIN when two RETantennas are cascaded. In thisscenario, the control port for RETantennas must be configured onthe upper-level RRU or RFU ofthe daisy chain. TheVENDORCODE andSERIALNO parameters must bespecified.
If only one RET antennais scanned on a controlport, this parameter is setto REGULAR.If multiple RETantennas are scanned ona control port, thisparameter is set toDAISY_CHAIN.
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
Set this parameter based on themanufacturer information, forexample, KA for a Kathrein RETantenna, AN for an Andrew RETantenna, or HW for a HuaweiAgisson RET antenna.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Serial No. SERIALNO
Set this parameter according to theantenna serial number.This parameter is mandatory in daisychain scenarios.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Table 10-16 Key parameters for configuring the RETSUBUNIT MO
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
Device number of an RET antenna Device number of anRET antenna
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
SubUnitNo.
SUBUNITNO
This parameter specifies the RETsubunit number, which starts from 1.
The systemautomatically allocatessubunit numbers with noduplicates.
ConnectPort 1CabinetNo.
CONNCN1
- l If single-antennaRET antennas areused and the RETantennas are not indaisy chain mode,connection port 1 isset to 0 (ANT_A) onthe RRU where thecontrol port islocated, andconnection port 2 isset to 1 (ANT_B) onthe RRU where thecontrol port islocated.
l If a multi-antennaRET antenna is usedor if single-antennaRET antennas workin daisy chain mode,neither connectionport 1 nor connectionport 2 is set.
ConnectPort 1SubrackNo.
CONNSRN1
ConnectPort 1 SlotNo.
CONNSN1
ConnectPort 1 PortNo.
CONNPN1
ConnectPort 2CabinetNo.
CONNCN2
ConnectPort 2SubrackNo.
CONNSRN2
ConnectPort 2 SlotNo.
CONNSN2
ConnectPort 2 PortNo.
CONNPN2
Tilt(0.1degree)
TILT - This parameter is set tothe actual RET antennadowntilt obtained fromthe output of the DSPRETSUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
Configuring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs
After a TMA is scanned, the system automatically configures the TMA and TMASUBUNITMOs.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-17 and Table 10-18 describe the parameters forconfiguring the TMA and TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-17 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
The device number of each ALD in abase station must be unique. Notethat the TMA's DEVICENO must bedifferent from the RET antenna's.
The systemautomatically allocatesdevice numbers with noduplicates.
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna.
The format of the devicename is as follows:device type_cabinetnumber of the controlport_subrack number ofthe control port_slotnumber of the controlport_random number.
ControlPortCabinetNo.
CTRLCN These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port foran RET antenna, including thecabinet number, subrack number,and slot number of the RRU or RFUwhere the control port is located. Setthese parameters based onconnections between the TMA andthe RRU or RFU.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
ControlPortSubrackNo.
CTRLSRN
ControlPort SlotNo.
CTRLSN
TMASubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. Generally, this parameteris set to 2.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
VendorCode
VENDORCODE
This parameter is mandatory in anon-regular scenario. Set thisparameter to the actual TMAmanufacturer code.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Serial No. SERIALNO
This parameter is mandatory in anon-regular scenario. Set thisparameter to the actual TMA serialnumber.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
Table 10-18 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
Device number of a TMA Device number of aTMA
SubunitNo.
SUBUNITNO
Number of a TMA subunit The systemautomatically allocatessubunit numbers with noduplicates.
ConnectPortCabinetNo.
CONNCN - l If the number ofTMA subunits is 2,connection port 1 isset to R0A on theRRU where thecontrol port islocated, andconnection port 2 isset to R0B on theRRU where thecontrol port islocated.
l If the number ofTMA subunits is not2, connection portsare not set.
ConnectPortSubrackNo.
CONNSRN
ConnectPort SlotNo.
CONNSN
ConnectPort No.
CONNPN
Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports twoworking modes: normal mode andbypass mode:l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifiesuplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunitworks as a straight-throughfeeder. It does not amplify uplinksignals. The default value isNORMAL.
This parameter is set tothe actual working modeof the TMA subunitobtained from the outputof the DSPTMASUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Gain GAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The gain valuerange supported by the TMA variesaccording to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSPTMADEVICEDATA command toquery the value range before settingthe gain.If the gain is fixed, this parameter isoptional, or you can set thisparameter to its actual gain value.
This parameter is set tothe actual gain of theTMA subunit obtainedfrom the output of theDSP TMASUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
For a GBTS, Table 10-19 and Table 10-20 describe the parameters for configuring the TMAand TMASUBUNIT MOs, respectively.
Table 10-19 Key parameters for configuring the TMA MO
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
The device number of each ALD in abase station must be unique. Note thatthe TMA's DEVICENO must bedifferent from the RET antenna's.
The systemautomatically allocatesdevice numbers with noduplicates.
DeviceName
DEVICENAME
This parameter identifies an RETantenna.
The format of the devicename is as follows:device type_cabinetnumber of the controlport_subrack number ofthe control port_slotnumber of the controlport_random number.
TMAPowerSupplyType
PWRSUPPLYTYPE
- This parameter is set tothe default valueSINGLE_PORT_POWER.
ControlPortCabinet No.
CTRLPORTCN
These parameters specify locationinformation about the control port,including the cabinet number,subrack number, and slot number ofthe RRU or RFU where the controlport is located for an RET antenna.Set these parameters based on control
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
ControlPortSubrackNo.
CTRLPORTSRN
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
ControlPort SlotNo.
relationship between the TMA andthe RRU or RFU.
CTRLPORTSN
TMASubunitNumber
SUBUNITNUM
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions. Generally, the value is 2.
These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Vendorcode
VENDORCODE
- These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Serial No. SERIALNO
- These parameters are setbased on the ALDscanning results.
Table 10-20 Key parameters for configuring the TMASUBUNIT MO
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Device No. DEVICENO
Device number of a TMA Device number of aTMA
SubUnitNo.
SUBUNITNO
Number of a TMA subunit The systemautomatically allocatessubunit numbers with noduplicates.
ConnectPortCabinet No.
CONNCN - l If the number ofTMA subunits is 2,connection port 1 isset to 0 (ANT_A) onthe RRU where thecontrol port islocated, andconnection port 2 isset to 1 (ANT_B) onthe RRU where thecontrol port islocated.
l If the number ofTMA subunits is not2, connection portsare not set.
ConnectPortSubrackNo.
CONNSRN
ConnectPort SlotNo.
CONNSN
ConnectPort PortNo.
CONNPN
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
ParameterName
Parameter ID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Mode MODE The TMA subunit supports twoworking modes, normal mode andbypass modes:l In normal mode, the TMA subunit
functions and the TMA amplifiesuplink signals.
l In bypass mode, the TMA subunitworks as a straight-throughfeeder. It does not amplify uplinksignals. The default value isNORMAL.
This parameter is set tothe actual working modeof the TMA subunitobtained from the outputof the DSPTMASUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
Gain(0.25db)
GAIN Set this parameter based on theengineering design. The gain valuerange supported by the TMA variesaccording to the manufacturer andmodel. Run the DSPBTSTMADEVICEDATAcommand to query the value rangebefore setting the gain. If the gain isfixed, this parameter is optional, oryou can set this parameter to its actualgain value.
This parameter is set tothe actual gain of theTMA subunit obtainedfrom the output of theDSP TMASUBUNITcommand, which isautomatically executedby the system.
Configuring the RX Channel AttenuationYou need to configure the correspondingRX channel attenuation after MODE and GAIN havebeen configured for the TMASUBUNIT MO.
For an eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB, Table 10-21 describes the parameters for configuring the RXchannel attenuation.
Table 10-21 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
RXChannelNo.
RXNO RX channel number of the RRU orRFU.
RX channel number ofport 0 is set to that of RFport R0A and RXchannel number of port1 is set to that of RF portR0B.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
Attenuation
ATTEN l If no TMA is used, set thisparameter to 0.
l If a 12 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within therange from 4 dB to 11 dB.
l If a 24 dB TMA is used, set thisparameter to a value within therange from 11 dB to 22 dB.
l If the number ofTMA subunits is 2,this parameter is settoTMASUBUNIT.GAIN minus 4 forTMA subunitsworking in normalmode or to thedefault value 0 forTMA subunitsworking in bypassmode.
l If the number ofTMA subunits is not2, this parameter isnot set.
For a GBTS, Table 10-22 describes the parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation.
Table 10-22 Key parameters for configuring the RX channel attenuation
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
AntennaTributary 1Flag
HAVETT1 This parameter specifies whether aTMA is connected to RF portANT_A. If a TMA is connected, setthis parameter to YES.
Antenna tributary 1 isthe RX channel on port 0(ANT_A). Antennatributary 2 is the RXchannel on port 1(ANT_A).l If the number of
TMA subunits is 2,the RX channelattenuation is set toeither of thefollowing values:
l TMASUBUNIT.GAIN minus 4: TheTMA subunits areworking in normalmode.
l 0 (default value): TheTMA subunits are
AntennaTributary 1Factor
ATTENFACTOR1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA isinstalled. This parameter can be setonly if the RXUTYPE parameter isset to DRRU or DRFU.
AntennaTributary 1Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR1
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA isinstalled. This parameter can be setonly if the RXUTYPE parameter isnot set to a value other than DRRUor DRFU.
AntennaTributary 2Flag
HAVETT2 This parameter specifies whether aTMA is connected to RF portANT_B. If a TMA is connected, setthis parameter to YES.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
ParameterName
ParameterID
Setting Notes AutomaticConfiguration
AntennaTributary 2Factor
working in bypassmode and theantenna tributary flagis set to Yes.
l If the number ofTMA subunits is not2, the RX channelattenuation is not set.
ATTENFACTOR2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA isinstalled. This parameter can be setonly if the RXUTYPE parameter isset to DRRU or DRFU.
AntennaTributary 2Factor
MRRUATTENFACTOR2
Set this parameter based on the siteconditions after the TMA isinstalled. This parameter can be setonly if the RXUTYPE parameter isset to a value other than DRRU orDRFU.
Multimode Base Station ALD Automatic ConfigurationIf an RRU or RFU connected to ALDs works in multiple modes, the system uses the followingrules when implementing ALD automatic deployment:
l Parameters related to the ALD power switch and RX channel attenuation of the RRU orRFU must be set to the same values in modes that manage the RRU or RFU.
l ALD parameters other than the preceding ones must be configured only in one of all modesthat manage the RRU or RFU.
The mode can be selected on the U2000 AMS client by choosing Configuration > MBTSManagement > MBTS Priority Settings. A mode of a higher priority is preferred. Therefore,you need to set mode priorities before ALD automatic deployment.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines (ALD Automatic Deployment)
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameter description
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETPORT
CN DSPRETPORTLSTRETPORTMODRETPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRUwhere the RET port is located.GUI Value Range: 0Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0Default Value: None
RETPORT
SRN DSPRETPORTLSTRETPORTMODRETPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRUwhere the RET port is located.GUI Value Range: 60~254Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 60~254Default Value: None
RETPORT
SN DSPRETPORTLSTRETPORTMODRETPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU wherethe RET port is located.GUI Value Range: 0Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETPORT
PN DSPRETPORTLSTRETPORTMODRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET port on anRRU. This parameter is set to RET_PORT.GUI Value Range: RET_PORT(RET_PORT)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: RET_PORTDefault Value: None
RETPORT
PWRSWITCH
MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supplyswitch. If SINGLE_RET(Single-antenna RemoteElectrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET(Multi-antennaRemote Electrical Tilt Unit) or RAE(Remote eAntennaExtension) is used, the ALD power supply switch mustbe set to ON. In actual running, the RRU automaticallysets this switch to OFF for an RET port when theALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal alarmis reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent protection,or undercurrent protection (the RRU supportsundercurrent protection and Low Current ProtectSwitch is set to ON for the RRU) on the RET port. Fordetails, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal.GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: ON, OFFDefault Value: OFF(OFF)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETPORT
THRESHOLDTYPE
MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarmthreshold. The current alarm threshold for the ALDs(excluding user-defined ALDs), that is, for RETantennas only (multi-wire cable), must be selectedaccording to the ALD type. The Undercurrent AlarmOccur Threshold is 10 mA, the Undercurrent AlarmClear Threshold is 15 mA, the Overcurrent Alarm OccurThreshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 120 mA. This parameter can be set toUER_SELF_DEFINE or RET_ONLY_MULTICORE.GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED), RET_ONLY_MULTICORE(RET_ONLY_MULTICORE)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,RET_ONLY_MULTICOREDefault Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
RETPORT
UOTHD MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occurthreshold. When the ALD current value is smaller thanthis threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem isundercurrent.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 40
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETPORT
UCTHD MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clearthreshold. When the ALD current value is greater thanthis threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALDCurrent Abnormal alarm is cleared.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 60
RETPORT
OOTHD MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occurthreshold. When the overcurrent alarm occur thresholdis lower than the maximum current supported by thehardware, the overcurrent alarm occur thresholdprevails. When the ALD current value is greater thanthis threshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal is reported and the specific problem isovercurrent.When the overcurrent alarm occurthreshold is higher than the maximum current supportedby the hardware, the maximum current supported by thehardware serves as the overcurrent alarm threshold.When the ALD current value is the same as or greaterthan the maximum current supported by the hardware,ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal isreported and the specific problem is overcurrentprotection.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 185
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETPORT
OCTHD MODRETPORTLSTRETPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clearthreshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear thresholdis lower than the maximum current supported by thehardware, the overcurrent alarm clear thresholdprevails. When the ALD current value is lower than thisthreshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clearthreshold is higher than the maximum current supportedby the hardware, the maximum current supported by thehardware serves as the overcurrent alarm threshold.When the ALD current value is lower than themaximum current supported by the hardware,ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal iscleared.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 155
RET DEVICENO
ADDRET
DLDALDSW
DSPALDVER
DSPRET
LSTRET
MODRET
RMVRET
RSTALD
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD. Thedevice number of the ALD must be unique.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET DEVICENAME
ADDRETMODRETDSPALDVERLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)
SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD, whichidentifies the ALD. It is recommended that you set thedevice name in the following format: sector_devicetype_network type. The meanings of the parts are asfollows: Sector: indicates the number of the sector.Device type: indicates the type of currently connecteddevice. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-antennaRemote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band AntennaSharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna Extension).Network type: indicates whether the current ALD isused for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network. The devicename is optional, but the device name configured foreach ALD must be unique.GUI Value Range: 0~49 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~49 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
RET CTRLCN
ADDRETDLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODRETRSTALDSCNALDDSPRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU that controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 0~62Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET CTRLSRN
ADDRETDLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODRETRSTALDSCNALDDSPRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU that controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~254Default Value: None
RET CTRLSN
ADDRETDLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODRETRSTALDSCNALDDSPRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUthat controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 0~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET RETTYPE
ADDRETMODRETMODRETTILTLSTRET
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the antenna type. This parametercan be set to SINGLE_RET or MULTI_RET.GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RET(SINGLE_RET),MULTI_RET(MULTI_RET)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: SINGLE_RET, MULTI_RETDefault Value: None
RET SUBUNITNUM
ADDRETMODRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of configured RETsubunits.GUI Value Range: 1~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~8Default Value: 1
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET POLARTYPE
ADDRETMODRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the polarization type of the antenna.This parameter can be set to SINGLE or DUAL.GUI Value Range: SINGLE(SINGLE), DUAL(DUAL)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: SINGLE, DUALDefault Value: DUAL(DUAL)
RET SCENARIO
ADDRETMODRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the connection scenario of theantenna. This parameter must be set based on thehardware installation. The vendor code and serialnumber of the device must be correctly configured in anon-regular scenario. This parameter can be set toREGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN, SECTOR_SPLITTING,or 2G_EXTENSION.GUI Value Range: REGULAR(REGULAR),DAISY_CHAIN(DAISY_CHAIN),SECTOR_SPLITTING(SECTOR_SPLITTING),2G_EXTENSION(2G_EXTENSION)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: REGULAR, DAISY_CHAIN,SECTOR_SPLITTING, 2G_EXTENSIONDefault Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET VENDORCODE
ADDRETMODRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.GUI Value Range: 0~2 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~2 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
RET SERIALNO
ADDRETMODRETLSTRET
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. Thevendor code and the serial number uniquely identify anALD.GUI Value Range: 0~36 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~36 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETSUBUNIT
DEVICENO
CLBRETDLDRETCFGDATADSPRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNITMODRETSUBUNITMODRETTILT
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
RETSUBUNIT
SUBUNITNO
CLBRETDLDRETCFGDATADSPRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNITMODRETSUBUNIT
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,which starts from 1.GUI Value Range: 1~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~8Default Value: None
RETSUBUNIT
CONNCN1
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU that is connected to antenna port 1.GUI Value Range: 0~62,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETSUBUNIT
CONNSRN1
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU that is connected to antenna port 1.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~255Default Value: 255
RETSUBUNIT
CONNSN1
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUthat is connected to antenna port 1.GUI Value Range: 0~8,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETSUBUNIT
CONNPN1
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the port number of the RRU or RFUthat is connected to antenna port 1.GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,R0G, R0HDefault Value: R0A(R0A)
RETSUBUNIT
CONNCN2
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameteris valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.GUI Value Range: 0~62,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETSUBUNIT
CONNSRN2
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU that is connected to antenna port 2. This parameteris valid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~255Default Value: 255
RETSUBUNIT
CONNSN2
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUthat is connected to antenna port 2. This parameter isvalid when a dual-polarized antenna is used.GUI Value Range: 0~8,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETSUBUNIT
CONNPN2
MODRETSUBUNITLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the port number of RRU or RFU thatis connected to antenna port 2. This parameter is validwhen a dual-polarized antenna is used.GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,R0G, R0HDefault Value: R0B(R0B)
RETSUBUNIT
TILT MODRETSUBUNITMODRETTILTLSTRETSUBUNIT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the antenna tilt of the RET subunit.If this parameter is set to 32767, it is invalid and theactual tilt is not changed.GUI Value Range: -100~300,32767Unit: 0.1degreeActual Value Range: -10~30,3276.7, step:0.1Default Value: 32767
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
DEVICENO
DSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATAMODRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the RET.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
RETDEVICEDATA
SUBUNITNO
DSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATAMODRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of the RET subunit,which starts from 1.GUI Value Range: 1~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~8Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
MODELNO
MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antennamodule.GUI Value Range: 0~15 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~15 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
RETDEVICEDATA
SERIALNO
MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the RETantenna module.GUI Value Range: 0~17 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~17 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BAND1 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
RETDEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH1
MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
GAIN1 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
RETDEVICEDATA
BAND2 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH2
MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
RETDEVICEDATA
GAIN2 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BAND3 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
RETDEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH3
MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
GAIN3 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
RETDEVICEDATA
BAND4 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH4
MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
RETDEVICEDATA
GAIN4 MODRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
DATE MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna isinstalled.GUI Value Range: 0~6 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~6 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
RETDEVICEDATA
INSTALLERID
MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation technicianwho installed the antenna.GUI Value Range: 0~5 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~5 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BSID MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-basedRET antennas support a maximum length of 12characters for the base station ID. If the input basestation ID has more than 12 characters, only the first 12characters are saved on the RET antenna.GUI Value Range: 0~32 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~32 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
RETDEVICEDATA
SECTORID
MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based RETantennas support a maximum sector ID length of 4characters. If the input sector ID has more than 4characters, only the first 4 characters are saved on theRET antenna.GUI Value Range: 0~32 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~32 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RETDEVICEDATA
BEARING
MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
RETDEVICEDATA
TILT MODRETDEVICEDATADSPRETDEVICEDATALSTRETDEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of theinstallation.GUI Value Range: -100~300Unit: 0.1degreeActual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
CN DSPANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORTMODANTENNAPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU where the antenna port is located.GUI Value Range: 0~62Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62Default Value: None
ANTENNAPORT
SRN DSPANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORTMODANTENNAPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU where the antenna port is located.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~254Default Value: None
ANTENNAPORT
SN DSPANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORTMODANTENNAPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUwhere the antenna port is located.GUI Value Range: 0~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
PN DSPANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORTMODANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port onthe RRU or RFU.For the RRU that works in TDD modeand has eight channels to be connected to the antenna,the service channels are ANT1 to ANT8 and thecorresponding ports on the antenna are R0A to R0H. Forthe RRU that works in TDD mode and does not haveeight channels or the RRU that works in FDD mode, theservice channels are named from ANT0 and thecorresponding port on the antenna is R0A.GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,R0G, R0HDefault Value: None
ANTENNAPORT
PWRSWITCH
MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the state of the ALD power supplyswitch. The ALD power supply switches for theSINGLE_RET (Single-antenna Remote Electrical TiltUnit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote ElectricalTilt Unit), STMA (Smart Tower-mounted Amplifier),SASU (Same-band Antenna Sharing Unit), or RAE(Remote eAntenna Extension) must be set to ON. Inactual running, the RRU/RFU automatically sets thisswitch to OFF for an Antenna port when theALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal alarmis reported due to overcurrent, overcurrent protection,or undercurrent protection (the RRU/RFU supportsundercurrent protection and Low Current ProtectSwitch is set to ON for the RRU/RFU) on the Antennaport. For details, see ALM-26530 RF Module ALDCurrent Abnormal.GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: ON, OFFDefault Value: OFF(OFF)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
FEEDERLENGTH
MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the length of the feeder at theantenna port.GUI Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);0~3281(imperial system)Unit: m(metric system);ft(imperial system)Actual Value Range: 0~1000(metric system);0~3281(imperial system)Default Value: 0(metric system);0(imperial system)
ANTENNAPORT
DLDELAY
MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the downlink delay of the antenna,that is, the propagation delay from the output port of anRF unit to the antenna port. If no TMA is configured,this parameter is set to the propagation delay of thefeeder. In typical scenarios, the transmission speed ofsignals in feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, andtherefore the propagation delay of feeders can becalculated using the following formula: (feeder lengthx 10 x 100)/(3 x 88). In this formula, the propagationdelay of feeders is in units of ns and the feeder length isin units of m. If the TMA is configured, the value of thisparameter also includes the delay of the TMA. Fordetails about the delay of the TMA, see the documentprovided by the TMA manufacturer.GUI Value Range: 0~100000Unit: nsActual Value Range: 0~100000Default Value: 100
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
ULDELAY
MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the uplink delay of the antenna, thatis, the propagation delay from the antenna port to theinput port of an RF unit. If no TMA is configured, thisparameter is set to the propagation delay of the feeder.In typical scenarios, the transmission speed of signalsin feeders is 0.88 times the speed of light, and thereforethe propagation delay of feeders can be calculated usingthe following formula: (feeder length x 10 x 100)/(3 x88). In this formula, the propagation delay of feeders isin units of ns and the feeder length is in units of m. Ifthe TMA is configured, the value of this parameter alsoincludes the delay of the TMA. For details about thedelay of the TMA, see the document provided by theTMA manufacturer.GUI Value Range: 0~100000Unit: nsActual Value Range: 0~100000Default Value: 100
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
THRESHOLDTYPE
MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the ALD current alarmthreshold. The current alarm thresholds for ALDs(excluding user-defined ALDs) must be selectedaccording to the ALD type and connection mode. For12 dB non-AISG TMAs only: the Undercurrent AlarmOccur Threshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent AlarmClear Threshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur AlarmThreshold is 170 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 150 mA. For 24 dB non-AISG TMAs only:the Undercurrent Alarm Occur Threshold is 40 mA, theUndercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 60 mA, theOvercurrent Occur Alarm Threshold is 310 mA, and theOvercurrent Alarm Clear Threshold is 280 mA. ForRET (coaxial) only: the Undercurrent Alarm OccurThreshold is 25 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 33 mA, the Overcurrent Occur AlarmThreshold is 150 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 120 mA. For 12 dB TMA and RET or 12dB TMA (AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm OccurThreshold is 30 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 40 mA, the Overcurrent Occur AlarmThreshold is 450 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 400 mA. For 24 dB TMA and RET or 24dB TMA (AISG) only: the Undercurrent Alarm OccurThreshold is 40 mA, the Undercurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 60 mA, the Overcurrent Occur AlarmThreshold is 850 mA, and the Overcurrent Alarm ClearThreshold is 750 mA. This parameter can be set toUER_SELF_DEFINE,TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG, orTMA24DB_AISG.GUI Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED), TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG),TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG(TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG),RET_ONLY_COAXIAL(RET_ONLY_COAXIAL),TMA12DB_AISG(TMA12DB_AISG),TMA24DB_AISG(TMA24DB_AISG)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UER_SELF_DEFINE,TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,TMA24DB_ONLY_NON_AISG,
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RET_ONLY_COAXIAL, TMA12DB_AISG,TMA24DB_AISGDefault Value: UER_SELF_DEFINE(USER_DEFINED)
ANTENNAPORT
UOTHD MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm occurthreshold. When the ALD current value is smaller thanthis threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem isundercurrent.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 40
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
UCTHD MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the undercurrent alarm clearthreshold. When the ALD current value is greater thanthis threshold, the ALM-26530 RF Module ALDCurrent Abnormal alarm is cleared.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 60
ANTENNAPORT
OOTHD MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm occurthreshold. When the ALD current value is greater thanthis threshold, an ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal alarm is reported. The specific problem isovercurrent. When the overcurrent alarm occurthreshold is lower than the maximum current supportedby the hardware, the overcurrent alarm occur thresholdprevails. When the overcurrent alarm occur threshold ishigher than the maximum current supported by thehardware, the maximum current supported by thehardware serves as the overcurrent alarm occurthreshold.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 185
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ANTENNAPORT
OCTHD MODANTENNAPORTLSTANTENNAPORT
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the overcurrent alarm clearthreshold. When the overcurrent alarm clear thresholdis lower than the maximum current supported by thehardware, the overcurrent alarm clear thresholdprevails. When the ALD current value is lower than thisthreshold, ALM-26530 RF Module ALD CurrentAbnormal is cleared.When the overcurrent alarm clearthreshold is higher than the maximum current supportedby the hardware, the maximum current supported by thehardware serves as the overcurrent alarm clearthreshold. When the ALD current value is lower thanthe maximum current supported by the hardware,ALM-26530 RF Module ALD Current Abnormal iscleared.GUI Value Range: 0~3500Unit: mAActual Value Range: 0~3500Default Value: 155
TMA DEVICENO
ADDTMA
DLDALDSW
DSPALDVER
DSPTMA
LSTTMA
MODTMA
RMVTMA
RSTALD
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the ALD. Thedevice number of the ALD must be unique.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMA DEVICENAME
ADDTMAMODTMADSPALDVERLSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)
SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the device name of the ALD, whichidentifies the ALD. It is recommended that you set thedevice name in the following format: sector_devicetype_network type. The meanings of the parts are asfollows: Sector: indicates the number of the sector.Device type: indicates the type of currently connecteddevice. It can be SINGLE_RET (Single-antennaRemote Electrical Tilt Unit), MULTI_RET (Multi-antenna Remote Electrical Tilt Unit), TMA (Tower-mounted Amplifier), SASU (Same-band AntennaSharing Unit), or RAE (Remote eAntenna Extension).Network type: indicates whether the current ALD isused for a 2G network or 3G/LTE network. The devicename is optional, but the device name configured foreach ALD must be unique.GUI Value Range: 0~49 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~49 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
TMA CTRLCN
ADDTMADLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODTMARSTALDSCNALDDSPTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU that controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 0~62Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMA CTRLSRN
ADDTMADLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODTMARSTALDSCNALDDSPTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU that controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~254Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~254Default Value: None
TMA CTRLSN
ADDTMADLDALDSWDLDRETCFGDATADSPALDVERMODTMARSTALDSCNALDDSPTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUthat controls the ALD.GUI Value Range: 0~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMA SUBUNITNUM
ADDTMAMODTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the number of configured TMAsubunits.GUI Value Range: 1~2Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~2Default Value: None
TMA VENDORCODE
ADDTMAMODTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the vendor code.GUI Value Range: 0~2 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~2 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMA SERIALNO
ADDTMAMODTMALSTTMA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD. Thevendor code and the serial number uniquely identify anALD.GUI Value Range: 0~36 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~36 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
TMASUBUNIT
DEVICENO
DSPTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNITMODTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMASUBUNIT
SUBUNITNO
DSPTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNITMODTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,which starts from 1.GUI Value Range: 1~2Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~2Default Value: None
TMASUBUNIT
CONNCN
MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the cabinet number of the RRU orRFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMAsubunit is connected.GUI Value Range: 0~62,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~62,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMASUBUNIT
CONNSRN
MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the subrack number of the RRU orRFU that provides the antenna port to which the TMAsubunit is connected.GUI Value Range: 4~5,60~255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 4~5,60~255Default Value: 255
TMASUBUNIT
CONNSN
MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the slot number of the RRU or RFUthat provides the antenna port to which the TMA subunitis connected.GUI Value Range: 0~8,255Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8,255Default Value: 255
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMASUBUNIT
CONNPN
MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the number of the antenna port towhich the TMA subunit is connected.GUI Value Range: R0A(R0A), R0B(R0B), R0C(R0C),R0D(R0D), R0E(R0E), R0F(R0F), R0G(R0G), R0H(R0H)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: R0A, R0B, R0C, R0D, R0E, R0F,R0G, R0HDefault Value: R0A(R0A)
TMASUBUNIT
MODE MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the working mode of the TMAsubunit. If the TMA subunit works in BYPASS mode,it does not amplify the uplink signals. If this parameteris set to DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE, it is invalid andthe actual mode is not changed.GUI Value Range: NORMAL(NORMAL), BYPASS(BYPASS), DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE(DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUE)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: NORMAL, BYPASS,DEVICE_DEFAULT_VALUEDefault Value: NORMAL(NORMAL)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMASUBUNIT
GAIN MODTMASUBUNITLSTTMASUBUNIT
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the gain of the TMA subunit. If thisparameter is set to 255, it is invalid and the actual gainis not changed.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.25dBActual Value Range: 0~63.75, step:0.25Default Value: 255
RXBRANCH
RXNO DSPRXBRANCHLSTRXBRANCHMODRXBRANCH
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the number of the RX channel of theRRU or RFU.GUI Value Range: 0~8Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~8Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RXBRANCH
RXSW MODRXBRANCHDSPRXBRANCHLSTRXBRANCH
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the logical switch of the RX channelof the RRU or RFU, which can be set to ON or OFF.ON indicates that the logical switch of the RX channelis set to on and OFF indicates that the logical switch ofthe RX channel is set to off.This parameter is set to ONby default. The switch can be set by running the MODRXBRANCH command.GUI Value Range: ON(ON), OFF(OFF)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: ON, OFFDefault Value: ON(ON)
RXBRANCH
ATTEN MODRXBRANCHDSPRXBRANCHLSTRXBRANCH
MRFD-210601MRFD-210602WRFD-060003
LOFD-001024 /TDLOFD-001024
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)RemoteElectrical TiltSameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
RemoteElectrical TiltControl
Meaning: Indicates the attenuation of the RX channelof the RRU or RFU.GUI Value Range: 0~60Unit: 0.5dBActual Value Range: 0~30, step:0.5Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
DEVICENO
DSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATAMODTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the device number of the TMA.GUI Value Range: 0~125Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~125Default Value: None
TMADEVICEDATA
SUBUNITNO
DSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATAMODTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the number of the TMA subunit,which starts from 1.GUI Value Range: 1~2Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 1~2Default Value: None
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
MODELNO
MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the model of the RET antennaconnected to the TMA.GUI Value Range: 0~15 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~15 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
TMADEVICEDATA
SERIALNO
MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the serial number of the ALD.GUI Value Range: 0~17 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~17 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BAND1 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates band 1 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
TMADEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH1
MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 1.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
GAIN1 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 1.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
TMADEVICEDATA
BAND2 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates band 2 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH2
MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 2.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
TMADEVICEDATA
GAIN2 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 2.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BAND3 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates band 3 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
TMADEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH3
MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 3.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
GAIN3 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 3.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
TMADEVICEDATA
BAND4 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates band 4 supported by the antenna.GUI Value Range: UNUSED(UNUSED), BandI(BandI), BandII(BandII), BandIII(BandIII), BandIV(BandIV), BandV(BandV), BandVI(BandVI), BandVII(BandVII), BandVIII(BandVIII), BandIX(BandIX),BandX(BandX)Unit: NoneActual Value Range: UNUSED, BandI, BandII,BandIII, BandIV, BandV, BandVI, BandVII, BandVIII,BandIX, BandXDefault Value: UNUSED(UNUSED)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BEAMWIDTH4
MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the beamwidth of band 4.Beamwidth is used to describe the capability of theantenna to transmit RF signals. It is also used to measurethe antenna pattern.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
TMADEVICEDATA
GAIN4 MODTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the gain of band 4.GUI Value Range: 0~255Unit: 0.1dBiActual Value Range: 0~25.5, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
DATE MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the date when the antenna isinstalled.GUI Value Range: 0~6 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~6 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
TMADEVICEDATA
INSTALLERID
MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the installation technicianwho installed the antenna.GUI Value Range: 0~5 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~5 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BSID MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the base station ID. AISG1.1-basedTMA support a maximum base station ID length of 12characters. If the input base station ID has more than 12characters, only the first 12 characters are saved on theTMA.GUI Value Range: 0~32 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~32 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
TMADEVICEDATA
SECTORID
MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the sector ID. AISG1.1-based TMAsupport a maximum sector ID length of 4 characters. Ifthe input sector ID has more than 4 characters, only thefirst 4 characters are saved on the TMA.GUI Value Range: 0~32 charactersUnit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~32 charactersDefault Value: NULL(empty string)
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TMADEVICEDATA
BEARING
MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the antenna azimuth.GUI Value Range: 0~359Unit: degreeActual Value Range: 0~359Default Value: 0
TMADEVICEDATA
TILT MODTMADEVICEDATADSPTMADEVICEDATALSTTMADEVICEDATA
MRFD-210601WRFD-060003
Connection withTMA(TowerMountedAmplifier)SameBandAntennaSharingUnit(900Mhz)
Meaning: Indicates the mechanical tilt of theinstallation.GUI Value Range: -100~300Unit: 0.1degreeActual Value Range: -10~30, step:0.1Default Value: 0
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
12 Counters
There are no specific counters associated with this feature.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
13 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
14 Reference Documents
1. 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide2. 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide3. RRU3942 Hardware Description4. RRU3841 Hardware Description5. AAU3901 Hardware Description6. AAU3910 Hardware Description7. AAU3911 Hardware Description
SingleRANALD Management Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents
Issue 09 (2015-05-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210